SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT CO
SB-2, 1997-08-04
DIRECT MAIL ADVERTISING SERVICES
Previous: PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP, 8-K, 1997-08-04
Next: YES ENTERTAINMENT CORP, 8-K, 1997-08-04



   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 4, 1997
                                                  Registration No. 333-


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    Under the
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)

          Missouri                       7374                 43-1710906
(State or Other Jurisdiction of    (Primary Standard      (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)         Industrial       Identification Number)
                                     Classification
                                      Code Number)

                                W. Brian Rodgers
                             Chief Financial Officer
11644 Lilburn Park Road      11644 Lilburn Park Road     11644 Lilburn Park Road
St. Louis, Missouri 63146   St. Louis, Missouri 63146  St. Louis, Missouri 63146
     (314) 995-9040              (314) 995-9040          (Address of Principal
(Address and Telephone    (Name, Address and Telephone     Place of Business
    of Principal          Number of Agent for Service)     or Intended Place
 Executived Offices)                                          of Business)


                        Copies of all correspondence to:

   Douglas J. Bates, Esq.                          Michael D. DiGiovanna, Esq.
Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.                     Parker Duryee Rosoff & Haft
   101 South Hanley Road                                529 Fifth Avenue
 St. Louis, Missouri 63105                          New York, New York 10017
    (314) 862-1200                                      (212) 599-0500


Approximate  Date of Proposed Sale to the Public:  As soon as practicable  after
this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the
Securities  Act  registration   statement   number  of  the  earlier   effective
registration statement for the same offering. |_|

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. |_|

If delivery  of the  prospectus  is  expected  to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. |_|
<TABLE>
<PAGE>

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
====================================================================================================================================
<CAPTION>
                                                          Amount        Proposed maximum     Proposed maximum
                                                           to be         offering price     aggregate offering       Amount of
Title of each class of securities to be registered      registered        per share(a)           price(a)         registration fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                    <C>               <C>                    <C>   
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share                2,300,000(b)           $4.00             $9,200,000             $2,788
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Warrants to purchase Common Stock issued to               200,000             $4.40             $ 880,000              $ 267
Representative
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock $0.01 par value per share issuable           200,000              --                   --                  (d)
upon the exercise of the Representative's Warrants(c)
====================================================================================================================================
<FN>

(a)     Estimated   solely  for  purposes  of  calculating  the  amount  of  the
        registration  fee pursuant to Rule 457 promulgated  under the Securities
        Act of 1933,  as amended.  

(b)     Includes  300,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the  Representative's
        over-allotment option.

(c)     Pursuant  to Rule 416,  this  Registration  Statement  also  covers such
        indeterminable  additional shares of Common Stock as may become issuable
        as a result of any future  anti-dilution  adjustments made in accordance
        with the terms of the Representative's Warrants.

(d)     No separate  registration fee required  pursuant to Rule 457 promulgated
        under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
</FN>
</TABLE>


The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration  Statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  Registration  Statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

<PAGE>
                       SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED       , 1997

PROSPECTUS                                                               [LOGO]
                                2,000,000 Shares

                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                  Common Stock
                                 --------------


         The Source Information  Management Company, a Missouri corporation (the
"Company"), is offering hereby 2,000,000 shares of its common stock (the "Common
Stock"). If the option granted to the Representative to cover over-allotments is
exercised, certain shareholders of the Company (the "Selling Shareholders") will
also offer shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Prospectus.  The Company will
not receive  any of the  proceeds  from the sale of Common  Stock by the Selling
Shareholders.

         The  Common  Stock is quoted on The  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market  ("Nasdaq
SmallCap") under the symbol "SORC." On July 29, 1997, the last sale price of the
Common Stock, as reported on Nasdaq  SmallCap,  was $2.50 per share.  See "PRICE
RANGE OF COMMON STOCK".

         The securities  offered hereby involve a high degree of risk. See "RISK
FACTORS" commencing on page 7.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


               Price to             Underwriting                Proceeds to
               Public               Discounts(1)                Company(2)
               ------               ------------                ----------

Per Share     $                     $                           $
Total(3)      $                     $                           $

(1)      Does  not  include  additional  compensation  payable  to  Donald & Co.
         Securities Inc., acting as representative (the "Representative") of the
         several underwriters  identified elsewhere herein (the "Underwriters"),
         in the form of a  non-accountable  expense allowance equal to 2% of the
         gross  proceeds of this  offering.  The Company has also agreed to sell
         the Representative  warrants to purchase up to 200,000 shares of Common
         Stock at an  exercise  price of $ per  share,  subject  to  adjustment,
         exercisable  over a period of four years  commencing  one year from the
         date hereof (the  "Representative's  Warrants")  and to  indemnify  the
         Underwriters against certain liabilities,  including  liabilities under
         the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act").  See
         "UNDERWRITING."

(2)      Before  deducting  expenses  estimated to be  $450,000,  payable by the
         Company,   including  the   Representative's   nonaccountable   expense
         allowance.
<PAGE>

(3)      The   Company   and  the   Selling   Shareholders   have   granted  the
         Representative an option  exercisable  within 45 days after the date of
         this Prospectus (the "Over-Allotment Option") to purchase up to 300,000
         additional  shares of Common Stock, on the same terms and conditions as
         set forth  above,  solely  to cover  over-allotments,  if any.  If such
         option is  exercised in full,  the total Price to Public,  Underwriting
         Discounts,  Proceeds  to Company and  Proceeds to Selling  Shareholders
         will be $ , $ , $ and $ ,  respectively.  The Company  will not receive
         any of the  proceeds  from the  sale of  Common  Stock  by the  Selling
         Shareholders.    See   "PRINCIPAL   AND   SELLING   SHAREHOLDERS"   and
         "UNDERWRITING."


         The Common Stock is being offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior
sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters, and subject
to approval  of certain  legal  matters by their  counsel and subject to certain
other  conditions.  The  Underwriters  reserve the right to withdraw,  cancel or
modify this offering and to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected
that  delivery  of the  certificates  evidencing  the Common  Stock will be made
against  payment  therefor  on or about  _____________,  1997 at the  offices of
Donald & Co.  Securities  Inc.,  New York, New York or through the facilities of
the Depository Trust Company.

                          DONALD & CO. SECURITIES INC.

                The date of this Prospectus is             , 1997
<PAGE>


                                      [MAP]







         The  Company is  currently  a reporting  company  under the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and  furnishes  its
stockholders with annual reports containing  audited financial  statements after
the close of each fiscal year.




CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS  THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING
BY ENTERING STABILIZING BIDS OR EFFECTING SYNDICATE COVERING TRANSACTIONS. FOR A
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."

IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING CERTAIN  UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP MEMBERS
(IF ANY) MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE  COMPANY  ON THE  NASDAQ  SMALL-CAP  MARKET IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 103 OF
REGULATION M. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial data,  including the notes related thereto,  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Except as otherwise indicated, all information in
this  Prospectus  (other  than the  historical  financial  statements  contained
herein) reflects the formation of the Company and subsequent acquisitions, as if
such  transactions had occurred on February 1, 1995. See "BUSINESS  Formation of
the  Company." All share and per share data in this  Prospectus  (other than the
historical financial statements contained herein) (i) have been adjusted to give
effect  to a  1-to-1.21  reverse  stock  split  to  occur as of the date of this
Prospectus and (ii) assume that the Representative's  Over-Allotment Option, the
Representative's  Warrants and all other options and warrants outstanding on the
date of this Prospectus will not be exercised.

                                   The Company

         For more than 20 years, The Source Information  Management Company (the
"Company") and its predecessors have provided information gathering,  consulting
and other information based services to operators of mass merchandise,  grocery,
convenience and pharmacy stores located throughout the United States and eastern
Canada. Currently, the Company provides monitoring and documentation services to
approximately 730 retailers,  such as Wal-Mart Stores,  Inc., Kmart Corporation,
Target Stores,  Inc., Food Lion, Inc., and W.H. Smith,  Inc., in connection with
processing  and  collection of incentive  payments  from magazine  publishers on
single  copy  sales  of   approximately   6,000   magazine   titles  offered  in
approximately  70,000  stores.  As an  extension  of this  service,  the Company
established its Advance Pay Program,  under which the Company advances an agreed
upon  percentage  of the  incentive  payments due to the retailer  from magazine
publishers.  It then directly collects from the publishers the claims due to the
retailer. In fiscal 1996 and 1997, the Company advanced approximately $1,783,000
and $16,743,000 under the Advance Pay Program,  respectively.  In October, 1996,
the  Company   expanded  its  services  and  potential   client  base  with  the
introduction  of the  Periodical  Information  Network  ("PIN"),  an information
service in which the  Company  provides  subscribing  magazine  publishers  with
industry-wide, single copy magazine sales information in a user friendly format.
Based on conversations with representatives of magazine publishers,  the Company
believes that publishers and  advertisers  perceive that PIN provides a valuable
basis on which to  formulate  marketing,  distribution,  advertising  and  other
policies.

         The  Company  intends  to  continue  to  capitalize  on  its  retailing
experience  and extensive  database of single copy magazine  sales  information.
Since the  introduction  of PIN,  several leading  publishers  have  subscribed,
including Time Distribution  Services,  ICD/The Hearst Corp. and Globe Marketing
Services.  In  addition,  the  Company is  currently  preparing  to launch a new
administrative  support service enabling publishers and retailers to efficiently
verify  and  correct  price  changes  and  other  information  contained  in the
magazine's  uniform product code ("UPC").  The Company also intends to introduce
services,   comparable  to  those   currently   offered,   in  connection   with
merchandising  of high volume consumer  products other than  magazines,  and the
processing  and  collection of incentive  payments and  cooperative  advertising
payments  offered with respect  thereto.  In June,  1997, the Company  reached a
preliminary  agreement  to  acquire a  business  engaged  in the  documentation,
processing  and  collection  of  sales  incentive  and  cooperative  advertising
payments offered to retailers of books.

                                       3
<PAGE>
         The Company's integrated software system is designed to efficiently and
accurately  accumulate  and manage sales data with respect to sales of low-cost,
high volume  consumer  products,  allowing  the  Company's  retailer  clients to
optimize  the  effectiveness  of their  marketing  effort.  While the  Company's
software  system was  developed  to aid  retailers  in the  collection  of sales
incentive  payments  and the  merchandising  of  magazines,  it has been used in
connection  with  integrated  magazine  and  confections  displays  and  may  be
adaptable for use in connection  with most other  consumer  products,  including
high volume items such as soft drinks and batteries. Such capability enables the
Company to provide consulting  services to retailers,  such as Kmart Corporation
which  has  engaged  the  Company  to  provide  services  with  respect  to  the
reconfiguration  of  display  fixtures  in the  checkout  area  of  its  stores,
including  fixture  design,   product   selection,   plan-o-  gramming,   vendor
negotiation,  vendor  billing  and  collection,  fixture  prototype  review  and
supervision of fixture installation.

         The  Company  was  formed  by  the  consolidation  of  two  significant
providers,  Display  Information  Systems  Corporation  ("DISC") and  Periodical
Management and Marketing,  Inc. ("PMM"), of information services to retailers of
magazines.  The Company has expanded, and intends to continue to expand, through
the acquisition of businesses and technologies that address additional  services
or  products, market segments or geographic  regions in which the Company is not
currently  active and which  would  allow the  Company  to expand  the  services
offered to its clients, or its ability to support existing or planned services.

                                       4
Client Services

         The Company is dedicated to providing full information  services to its
         clients. Such services include the following:

         Claim  Submission.  Through its software system,  the Company offers to
         assist retailers in accurately  monitoring,  documenting,  claiming and
         collecting publisher incentive payments.  Based on information gathered
         with  respect to the titles and  number of copies  actually  sold,  the
         Company  prepares  publisher  supplied  claim  forms  and  submits  the
         documented claim for payment to the appropriate  national  distributor,
         which acts as payment agent for the publisher.  Typically,  the Company
         receives payment to the order of the retailer,  records the payment and
         forwards  it to the  retailer.  The  Company  charges  the  retailer  a
         negotiated  percentage  of the cash  collected.  As an extension of its
         claim  submission  service,  the Company has established an Advance Pay
         Program.  Under this  program,  the  Company  advances  an agreed  upon
         percentage  of the  incentive  payments due the retailer  from magazine
         publishers.  It then directly  collects from the  publishers the claims
         due to the  retailer.  Service  revenues  earned  under the Advance Pay
         Program generally exceed those charged under the traditional method.

         Periodical  Information  Network. The Company's large and sophisticated
         database of magazine industry information has resulted in it becoming a
         magazine  information  center  which  many  companies  in the  magazine
         industry use to formulate their publishing and distribution strategies.
         PIN  is  a  comprehensive  system  designed  to  use  current  computer
         technologies,  including CD ROM, to effectively  manage all elements of
         its database  including  information  packaging and efficient  inbound,
         outbound access.  The network  provides access to periodically  updated
         historical information concerning the titles and quantity of each title
         sold by retailer's for analysis  purposes.  Several leading  publishers
         have subscribed to PIN.

         Space Design.  Through its Display Group,  the Company offers to assist
         retailers in the  placement of displays and the  selection of titles to
         optimize  available  display  space,  and thereby to maximize sales and
         incentive  payment  revenues.  Based on its knowledge of local consumer
         preferences and the terms and conditions of publisher incentive payment
         programs,  the Company analyzes the retailer's  store layout,  customer
         traffic patterns and available display  alternatives.  Thereafter,  the
         Company  consults  with its retailer  client to develop an  appropriate
         display program.

                                       5
<PAGE>
         Marketing  and  Promotional   Program.  As  part  of  its  full-service
         philosophy,  the  Company  offers its  clients  advice and  suggestions
         concerning  specialized  marketing and  promotional  programs which may
         include,  for  example,  special  mainline  and  checkout  displays and
         cross-promotions  of  magazines  and products of interest to readers of
         such  magazines.  Such  services  are  offered to enhance  single  copy
         magazine sales by the Company's  clients,  and thereby increase service
         revenue due the Company in connection  with the submission of incentive
         payment  claims;  accordingly,  no  separate  charge  is made for these
         services.

         Administrative   Support.   The  Company  assists   retailers  to  more
         efficiently   conduct   their   magazine   sales   operations   through
         computerized   inventory   control,   automated   pricing  updates  and
         management  reporting.  For example, the Company is currently preparing
         to launch a new administrative  support service enabling publishers and
         retailers to  efficiently  verify and correct  price  changes and other
         information contained in the magazine's uniform product code ("UPC").


                                        6

<PAGE>
                                  The Offering

Securities Offered hereby........    2,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par
                                     value per share

Common Stock Outstanding
  Prior to the Offering(a).......    5,825,784 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par
                                     value per share

Common Stock Outstanding
  After the Offering.............    7,825,784 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par
                                     value per share

Use of Proceeds..................    To  fund  the  expansion  of the  Company's
                                     Advance Pay Program, the development of new
                                     or  enhanced  products  and  services,  the
                                     acquisition  by the  Company of one or more
                                     businesses and to fund working  capital and
                                     other    general    corporate    activities
                                     including  the  continued  upgrade  of  the
                                     Company's  computer  systems.  See  "USE OF
                                     PROCEEDS."

Risk Factors.....................    This  offering  involves  a high  degree of
                                     risk. See "RISK FACTORS"  beginning on page
                                     7.

Nasdaq SmallCap Trading Symbol:      SORC
- ----------
(a)      Based  on  shares  outstanding  as  of  June  17,  1997,  after  giving
         retroactive effect to the proposed reverse stock split. Includes 91,938
         shares of Common  Stock with  respect to which the holder  thereof  has
         been granted an option to sell such shares to the Company at a price of
         $4.84 per share subject to  adjustment.  Excludes  shares  reserved for
         issuance under the Company's  stock option and other stock based plans,
         upon conversion of the Company's 1996 Series 7% Cumulative  Convertible
         Preferred Stock, and upon exercise of the  Over-Allotment  Option,  the
         Representative's  Warrants  and certain  options  granted to  financial
         advisors of the Company. See "CAPITALIZATION" and "UNDERWRITING."

         Any  forward-looking  statements  set  forth  in  this  Prospectus  are
necessarily subject to significant  uncertainties and risks, including,  but not
limited to those set forth in "RISK FACTORS." When used in this Prospectus,  the
words "believes,"  "anticipates,"  "intends," "expects," and similar expressions
are intended to identify  forward-looking  statements.  Actual  results could be
materially different as a result of various  possibilities,  including increased
competition,  significant changes in the marketing strategies of publishers, the
inability  of  the  Company  to  successfully   manage  its  expansion  and  the
availability of suitable  acquisition  candidates.  Readers are cautioned not to
place undue reliance on forward-looking  statements,  which speak only as of the
date  hereof.  The Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to publicly  release the
results of any revisions to these  forward-looking  statements which may be made
to reflect  events or  circumstances  after the date  hereof or to  reflect  the
occurrence of unanticipated events.

                                        7

<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

         The  summary  financial  data  should be read in  conjunction  with the
consolidated  financial  statements,  including  the  notes  thereto,  appearing
elsewhere  in this  Prospectus  and  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Fiscal Year Ended                           Three Months Ended
                                                                    January 31,                                    April 30,
                                                                    -----------                                    ---------

Statements of Operations Data:                               1997                    1996                1997             1996
                                                           --------                --------            --------          ------

<S>                                                       <C>                    <C>                  <C>              <C>       
Service Revenue................................           $7,056,270             $7,195,176           $2,519,531       $1,424,030

Merchandise Revenue............................              242,177                926,008                8,348           29,938
                                                          ----------              ---------            ---------        ---------

  Total Revenue................................           $7,298,447             $8,121,184           $2,527,879       $1,453,968
                                                          ----------             ----------            ---------        ---------

  Gross Profit.................................           $2,233,859             $3,711,962           $1,233,933       $  249,130

Selling, General &
  Administrative Expenses......................            2,904,372              2,799,841              527,786          876,902
                                                          ----------             ----------            ---------       ----------
  Operating Income (Loss)......................           $(670,513)             $  912,121           $  706,147       $(627,772)

Other Expense, Net ............................              309,992                314,127              215,020           39,321
                                                          ----------             ----------            ---------       ----------
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes..............           $(980,505)             $  597,994           $  491,127       $(667,093)

  Net Income (Loss)............................           $(603,317)             $  191,994           $  256,127       $(470,229)

Earnings (Loss) Per Share......................           $   (0.09)             $     0.03           $     0.04       $   (0.07)

Weighted Average
  Outstanding Shares...........................            6,658,891              6,084,542            7,154,635        6,379,900

Pro Forma(1) Earnings (Loss) Per Share.........            $  (0.10)             $     0.04            $    0.04       $   (0.09)

Pro Forma(1) Weighted Average
  Outstanding Shares...........................            5,503,215             5,028,547             5,912,921        5,272,644
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                April 30, 1997
                                                                                                --------------
Balance Sheet Data:                                                             Actual           Pro Forma(1)         As Adjusted
- -------------------                                                             ------           ------------         -----------
<S>                                                                         <C>                 <C>                   <C>        
Working Capital................................                             $12,313,532         $12,313,532           $12,313,532

Total Assets...................................                              15,890,358          15,890,358            15,890,358

Long-term debt, less current portion...........                               9,701,166           9,701,166             2,801,166

Redeemable Preferred Stock.....................                                 522,506                   0                     0

Redeemable Common Stock .......................                                 503,820             503,820               503,820

Stockholders' Equity...........................                               3,401,746           3,924,252            10,824,252
<FN>
(1)      Pro forma to reflect the proposed 1-to-1.21 reverse stock split and the
         conversion of 5,600 shares of the  Company's  1996 Series 7% Cumulative
         Convertible Preferred Stock into 186,666 shares of Common Stock.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                        8

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

         Prospective  Investors should consider carefully the following factors,
in addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, in evaluating
an investment in the Common Stock offered hereby.


Dependence on the Marketing and Distribution Strategy of Publishers

         Substantially all of the Company's  revenues are currently derived from
the service  revenues  earned in connection with the collection of payments owed
to the  Company's  retailer  clients from  magazine  publishers  under  programs
designed by  publishers  to provide  magazine  retailers  with an  incentive  to
increase single copy magazine sales. Although these incentive programs have been
offered as part of the publishers'  overall marketing  strategy for more than 20
years,  the  incentive  programs  are  governed  by  short-term  contracts  and,
accordingly,  magazine publishers are under no long-term contractual  obligation
to continue the incentive  programs in their present form or otherwise.  Certain
magazine  publishers  have entered into  experimental  contracts  with  magazine
retailers under which selected  magazines and other  periodicals are distributed
directly to such retailers rather than indirectly  though  independent  magazine
distributors.  Such  arrangements  replace  the  traditional  incentive  payment
programs with discounted sale pricing.  If magazine  publishers increase the use
of direct retail  distribution  without  incentive payment programs or otherwise
discontinue  or  significantly  modify  the  incentive  programs  to  which  the
Company's services relate in a manner which is not compatible with the Company's
services,  the Company's  results of operations  and financial  condition may be
materially and adversely affected. See "BUSINESS-The Magazine Industry."

Risk Associated with the Advance Pay Program

         The recent  increases  in revenue  and  profitability  recorded  by the
Company result,  in part, from the admission of existing retailer clients to the
Advance Pay Program.  The profitability of the Advance Pay Program is dependent,
in part, on (a) the  difference  between the service  revenues  collected by the
Company  with  respect to the Advance Pay Program and the  interest  paid by the
Company  for  borrowed  funds  advanced  thereunder  and (b) the  length  of the
collection period of the trade accounts  receivable  associated with the Advance
Pay Program.  Interest  rates  applicable to borrowings  made by the Company are
subject to fluctuation and any decrease in the spread between  service  revenues
collected  and  interest  paid  would have a  negative  effect on the  Company's
results of operations and financial  condition.  The availability of funds under
the Company's  credit  facility is  conditioned  on the  maintenance  of certain
financial  ratios.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to
satisfy such conditions.  See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION   AND  RESULTS  OF   OPERATIONS-Liquidity   and  Capital   Resources."
Additionally,  any increase in the average  collection period for trade accounts
receivable  associated  with the Advance Pay Program will increase the Company's
interest  expense  and  have a  negative  effect  on the  Company's  results  of
operations and financial condition.

                                       9
<PAGE>
         Furthermore,  in connection  with the Advance Pay Program,  the Company
assumes the risk otherwise borne by the retailer client that magazine publishers
will refuse or be unable to pay the amount of incentive payments claimed.  Based
on historical  experience,  the Company  maintains a reserve of 2% of all claims
submitted  against such refusal or  inability  to pay.  However,  if a prominent
magazine  publisher files a petition in bankruptcy or otherwise seeks protection
from its creditors, such reserve may be inadequate and the results of operations
and  financial  condition  of the  Company  could be  materially  and  adversely
affected.

Possible Need for Additional Financing

         To date,  the Company has met its  liquidity  requirements  through the
private sale of its equity  securities  and  borrowings  under  existing  credit
facilities.  However,  the  Company  will not be able to expand its  Advance Pay
Program,  in  accordance  with the  Company's  current plan  without  additional
financing.  If the  proceeds  of  this  offering  together  with  the  Company's
currently available funds and internally generated cash flows are not sufficient
to satisfy its financing needs, the Company likely will seek additional  funding
through  increased bank borrowings  and/or the public or private sale of debt or
equity  securities.  There can be no  assurance  that  additional  funds will be
available on a timely basis, on acceptable  terms or at all, or that such funds,
if raised,  would be  sufficient to permit the Company to continue its expansion
as planned.  If the proceeds of this offering and funding through any additional
public  or  private  sales of debt or  equity  securities  are  inadequate,  and
borrowings  under the  existing  credit  facility  or a  comparable  replacement
thereof  are not  available,  the Company may be required to curtail the Advance
Pay Program.  See "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS-Liquidity and Capital Resources."


                                        10

<PAGE>
Risk of Increased Competition

         Competition  among  providers  of many of the  Company's  products  and
services,  particularly  the processing of incentive  payment claims,  is highly
competitive.  While such  competition  is  fragmented,  the  Company  recognizes
approximately  32  direct  competitors,  all of which are  closely-held  private
companies.  Based on its review of the industry and  informal  discussions  with
magazine publishers and retailers,  the Company believes that none of its direct
competitors have greater financial, technological, marketing and sales resources
than the Company.  However,  it is possible that certain services offered by the
Company could be performed directly by its retail customers or otherwise offered
or performed in the future by publishers,  distributors or other  organizations,
such as Nielsen IRI and Audit Bureau of Circulation.  Many of such organizations
have greater  financial,  technological,  marketing and sales resources than the
Company. Additionally, competitors may develop new or different service programs
which are  perceived by  customers  to be of similar or superior  quality at the
same or lower prices than the Company's services. There can be no assurance that
its present competitors or companies that choose to enter its marketplace in the
future will not exert significant competitive pressures on the Company resulting
in a deterioration  of the business  environment in which the Company  operates,
including  a  decrease  in the  number of clients  served by the  Company  and a
decrease   in   the   service   revenues   chargeable   by  the   Company.   See
"BUSINESS-Competition."

Management of Expansion

         The Company  intends to continue to implement  its  expansion  strategy
through  the  acquisition  of one or more  companies  which offer  products  and
services compatible to those of the Company,  some of which may involve products
or services with which  management  of the Company has little or no  experience.
Such  acquisitions  also could  continue  to place a  significant  strain on the
Company's  capital  and  human  resources.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Company will be able to adequately manage its expansion successfully,  introduce
new services or products,  or integrate any business  which it may acquire,  the
failure of any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Need to Manage New Service Introduction

         The Company  believes that its future growth is dependent,  in part, on
its ability to  anticipate  the  informational  needs of existing and  potential
clients  and  develop and  introduce,  in a timely  manner,  new  services  that
adequately  address such needs.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
be  successful in  developing,  introducing  and marketing new services.  If the
Company is unable to introduce  new services or if the Company's new services do
not receive sufficient market acceptance,  the Company's revenues and results of
operations may be adversely affected.

Limited Trading Volume for Common Stock.

         Although the Company's Common Stock is quoted on Nasdaq  SmallCap,  the
volume  of shares  of  Common  Stock  actually  traded,  as  reported  by Nasdaq
SmallCap,  averaged  approximately  27,200  shares per week during the four-week
period  ended July 18,  1997.  There can be no  assurance  that a public  market
having the desirable  characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness,  over
which neither the Company, its affiliates,  nor any marketmaker has control will
develop or, if developed,  will be sustained.  Persons purchasing the securities
offered  hereby may be unable to readily  sell such  securities  at such time or
price as the security holder may desire.

Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Registration Rights

         Of the 5,825,784  shares of Common Stock  outstanding on June 17, 1997,
2,019,813  shares are  currently  eligible for sale to the public by persons who
are not  "affiliates"  of the Company  without  restriction  except,  in certain
cases,  volume  limitation.   All  of  the  remaining  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding are  "restricted"  within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Act, and

                                        11

<PAGE>
may not be sold in the absence of  registration  under the Act or the  exemption
therefrom.  However,  the Company,  its  executive  officers and  directors  and
certain other of its shareholders,  who as of June 17, 1997 held an aggregate of
4,037,537  shares of Common  Stock,  have  agreed that they will not without the
prior consent of the Representative,  sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock  beneficially  owned by them for a period of one year from the date
of this Prospectus.  Thereafter,  such persons are entitled to sell, without the
consent of the Representative,  an increasing portion of the shares beneficially
owned by them,  subject in some cases to the volume and other conditions of Rule
144.

         Pursuant to  authority  granted by its Articles of  Incorporation,  the
Company has issued,  and may issue  additional  shares of Common Stock or one or
more  series  of  Preferred  Stock.  In  addition,   the  Company  has  filed  a
registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act to register an  aggregate of
520,661  shares of  Common  Stock  issued or  reserved  for  issuance  under the
Company's  1995 Employee  Stock Option Plan and 41,322 shares issued or reserved
for issuance under the Company's Stock Award Plan. The holders of  approximately
476,000  shares of Common  Stock have the right to require the Company to file a
registration  statement  with respect to the sale of such shares.  No prediction
can be made as to the effect,  if any,  that future sales of Common Stock or the
availability of such shares for sale will have on the market price of the Common
Stock  prevailing  from time to time.  Sales of  substantial  amounts  of Common
Stock, or the perception that such sales might occur, could adversely effect the
prevailing  market price of the Common Stock. See  "CAPITALIZATION"  and "SHARES
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE."

Continued Control By Management

         Upon completion of this offering,  the Company's executive officers and
directors will  beneficially own  approximately  48% (45% if the  Over-Allotment
Option is exercised in full) of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock.  As a
result,  the  Company's  executive  officers and directors  will have  effective
voting  control of the  Company  and the  practical  ability to elect all of the
Company's  directors  and determine the vote on any matter being voted on by the
Company's shareholders, including any merger, sales of assets or other change of
control of the Company.  The Company's  Articles of Incorporation  and Bylaws do
not provide for cumulative  voting in the election of directors.  See "PRINCIPAL
AND  SELLING   SHAREHOLDERS"   and  "CERTAIN   PROVISIONS  OF  THE  ARTICLES  OF
INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS."

Dependence on Key and Other Personnel

         The Company  believes  that its success is  dependent,  in part, on the
efforts of its key  executives,  including S. Leslie  Flegel and William H. Lee.
The  Company  has  entered  into  employment  agreements  with  all of  its  key
executives  except W. Brian  Rodgers and Messrs.  Flegel and Lee.  Although  the
Company  believes  that the loss of no single  executive  will  have a  material
adverse  effect on the  Company,  certain  events,  many of which are beyond the
control  of the  Company,  could  result  in the  loss of the  services  of such
executives.  The  Company  has  procured  and  intends to  maintain  policies of
insurance on the lives of certain  members of its senior  management,  including
Messrs. Flegel and Lee. See "MANAGEMENT."

                                       12
<PAGE>
No Dividends With Respect to Common Stock

         The Company currently anticipates that it will retain all of its future
earnings,  if any, for use in the expansion  and operation of its business,  and
does  not  anticipate  paying  any cash  dividends  on its  Common  Stock in the
foreseeable  future.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will pay cash
dividends at any time with respect to the Common  Stock,  or that the failure to
pay dividends  for a period of time will not  adversely  affect the market price
for the Company's  Common  Stock.  See "PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND
POLICY."

Anti-Takeover Affects of Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

         The Company's Board of Directors has authority to issue up to 2,000,000
shares of  preferred  stock and to  determine  the price,  rights,  preferences,
privileges  and  restrictions  thereof,  including  voting  rights,  without any
further vote or action by the Company's shareholders.  The voting and the rights
of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to and may be adversely  affected
by, the rights of the holders of any  preferred  stock that may be issued in the
future. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing  desirable  flexibility
in connection  with obtaining  necessary  capital  resources and other corporate
purposes, could have the affect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in
control of the  Company.  The Company has no current  arrangements  to issue any
additional  shares of preferred  stock.  See  "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK." In
addition,  the Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws include certain
provisions providing for the staggered election of directors and restrictions on
the  ability of  shareholders  to call  special  meetings of  shareholders.  See
"CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS." The Company is
also subject to the Missouri  Takeover Bid  Disclosure  Act, which under certain
circumstances  may  prohibit a business  combination  between  the Company and a
shareholder  owning 20% or more of the outstanding  voting power of the Company.
Such  provisions  could have the affect of delaying,  deferring or  preventing a
change in control of the Company.

                                        13

<PAGE>
Representative's Warrants

         The Company will sell to the Representative  and/or its designees,  for
nominal  consideration,  the  Representative's  Warrants  to  purchase  from the
Company up to 200,000 shares of Common Stock. The Representative's  Warrants are
exercisable  for a period of four years  commencing on the first  anniversary of
the date of this Prospectus,  at an exercise price equal to  $_____________  per
share. For the life of the Representative's  Warrants, the holders are given, at
nominal cost, the  opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price for the
securities  of the  Company  without  assuming  the  risk of  ownership,  with a
resulting  dilution in the interest of other  security  holders.  As long as the
Representative's Warrants remain unexercised,  the terms under which the Company
could obtain additional capital may be adversely affected. Moreover, the holders
of the Representative's Warrants may be expected to exercise them at a time when
the Company would, in all likelihood,  be able to obtain any needed capital by a
new offering of its  securities on terms more  favorable  than those provided by
the   Representative's   Warrants.   Additionally,   if  the   holders   of  the
Representative's  Warrants should exercise their registration rights to effect a
distribution  of the  Representative's  Warrants or underlying  securities,  the
Representative,  prior to and during such distribution, will be unable to make a
market in the  Company's  securities  and will be  required to comply with other
limitations  on trading set forth in Rules 101,  103,  and 104 of  Regulation  M
promulgated  under the Exchange Act.  Such rules  restrict the  solicitation  of
purchasers of a security when a person is interested in the distribution of such
security and also limit market making  activities by an interested  person until
the completion of the distribution.  If the  Representative  must cease making a
market,  the  market  and  market  price for such  securities  may be  adversely
affected  and the  holders  of  such  securities  may be  unable  to  sell  such
securities. See "UNDERWRITING."

Representative's Influence on the Market

         A significant  amount of the Common Stock offered hereby may be sold to
customers  of the  Representative.  Such  customers  subsequently  may engage in
transactions  for the sale or purchase of shares of Common Stock through or with
Representative. If it participates in the market, the Representative may exert a
dominating  influence  on the  market  for the  shares of Common  Stock  offered
hereby.  Such market making  activity may be discontinued at any time. The price
and liquidity of the shares may be significantly effected by the degree, if any,
of the  Representative's  participation  in such  market.  See  "DESCRIPTION  OF
CAPITAL STOCK" and "UNDERWRITING."
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         After  deducting  the  estimated  expenses  of this  offering,  the net
proceeds from the sale by the  Company  of the  shares of Common  Stock  offered
hereby are  estimated  to be  approximately  $6.9 million  ($8.0  million if the
Representative's  Over-Allotment  Option is  exercised  in  full).  Of these net
proceeds approximately $5.0 million will be used to expand the Company's Advance
Pay Program,  approximately $1.4 million will be used for the development of new
or enhanced  products  and  services,  approximately  $0.5  million will be made
available to fund the Company's  acquisition of one or more businesses,  and the
balance  will be used  for  working  capital  and  general  corporate  purposes,
including the continued upgrade of the Company's  computer systems.  Pending the
use of the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of Common Stock as described
above such funds will be used to temporarily  reduce the principal balance under
the  Company's   credit  facility.   Such  credit  facility   provides  for  the
availability  of up to $12,500,000 of borrowings  until  termination by Wachovia
Bank on not less than 13 months prior notice. At April 30, 1997, the outstanding
principal  balance  under this credit  facility was  $9,696,000,  the  effective
interest  rate thereon was 9.1875% and the unused  availability  thereunder  was
approximately $2,804,000. After application of the net proceeds of this offering
to the temporary  repayment of the outstanding  principal  balance on its credit
facility,  the Company  intends to make additional  borrowings  under the credit
facility for the foregoing purposes.

         The foregoing  represents the Company's present  intentions for the use
of the proceeds of this offering based on its currently contemplated operations,
business plan and currently  prevailing  economic and industry  conditions.  The
Company's  business plan contemplates that the Company may acquire businesses or
introduce  additional  products and  services.  Although the Company has had and
will continue to have discussions with potential acquisition  candidates it does
not  have  any  present  agreements  or  understandings   with  respect  to  any
significant  acquisitions.  Changes in the proposed  expenditures may be made in
response to, among other things,  changes in the Company's  plans and its future
revenues and expenditures, as well as changes in general industry conditions and
technology.

         The Company believes that the net proceeds of this offering,  cash flow
from operations, trade credit and existing lines of credit will be sufficient to
meet its  immediate  cash  needs and  finance  its plans for  expansion  for the
indefinite future, and in any case for not less than twelve months from the date
of this Prospectus.  This belief is based upon certain assumptions regarding the
Company's  business  and cash flow as well as  prevailing  industry and economic
conditions. The Company's capital requirements may vary significantly, depending
on how  rapidly  management  seeks to  expand  the  business  and the  expansion
strategies  elected.  Accordingly,  the  Company  may,  in the  future,  require
additional  financing to  continue to expand its business. There is no assurance

                                       15

<PAGE>
that the Company  will be  successful  in  obtaining  additional  financing,  if
required,  on favorable  terms,  or at all. If the Company were unable to obtain
additional  financing,  its ability to meet its current plan for expansion could
be  materially  and  adversely  affected.  See  "CAPITALIZATION,"  "MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."


                           PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

         From June 22, 1995 until February 12, 1996, the Company's  Common Stock
was quoted on the Nasdaq OTC Bulletin Board. Beginning on February 12, 1996, the
Common  Stock was quoted on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  under the symbol  "SORC."  The
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,  the high and low closing
bid prices for the Common  Stock as reported by the OTC  Bulletin  Board and the
Nasdaq SmallCap, as applicable.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Actual                        Pro forma(1)
                                                                        ------                        ------------
                                                               High              Low              High              Low
                                                               ----              ---              ----              ---
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>
Fiscal 1996
         Second Quarter (beginning June 22, 1995)             $7.00             $6.00            $ 8.47            $7.26
         Third Quarter                                        $8.50             $6.25            $10.29            $7.56
         Fourth Quarter                                       $7.50             $3.50            $ 9.08            $4.24

Fiscal 1997
         First Quarter                                        $5.75             $4.38            $ 6.96            $5.30
         Second Quarter                                       $4.75             $4.00            $ 5.75            $4.84
         Third Quarter                                        $4.75             $2.63            $ 5.75            $3.18
         Fourth Quarter                                       $3.25             $2.25            $ 3.93            $2.72

Fiscal 1998
         First Quarter                                        $2.88             $2.13            $ 3.48            $2.58


<FN>

(1)  Pro forma to reflect the proposed 1-to-1.21 reverse stock split.
</FN>
</TABLE>

         On July 29, 1997,  the last sale price for the Common Stock as reported
by the Nasdaq SmallCap was $2.50 per share. As of June 17, 1997,  there were 183
holders of record of the Common Stock.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         During the last two years,  the  Company  has not  declared or paid any
cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Board of Directors  presently intends to
retain  all of its  earnings,  if any,  for  the  development  of the  Company's
business  for the  foreseeable  future.  The  declaration  and  payment  of cash
dividends  in the future will be at the  discretion  of the  Company's  Board of
Directors  and will  depend upon a number of factors,  including  among  others,
future  earnings,   operations,  capital  requirements,  the  general  financial
condition of the Company and such other  factors that the Board of Directors may
deem relevant.

                                       16

<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company (i) as
of April 30, 1997,  (ii) pro forma to reflect the  conversion of 5,600 shares of
the Company's 1996 7% Convertible  Preferred Stock into 186,666 shares of Common
Stock,  effected in July, 1997 and the proposed 1-to-1.21 reverse stock split as
if such  transactions  had  occurred on April 30,  1997,  and (iii) pro forma as
adjusted  to  reflect  the sale by the  Company  of the  shares of Common  Stock
offered hereby and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. This
table  should  be read in  conjunction  with  the  financial  statements  of the
Company,  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" and "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK" included  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            April 30, 1997
                                                                                            --------------
                                                                                                             Pro Forma
                                                                                Actual       Pro Forma      As Adjusted
                                                                                ------       ---------      -----------

<S>                                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>           
Long-term debt (less current portion).................................        9,701,166       9,701,166       2,801,166(a)

1996 Series 7% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock,
par value $0.01 per share, 5,600 shares outstanding
actual and zero pro forma and pro forma as adjusted ..................          522,506               -              -

Redeemable  Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share 
111,245 shares  outstanding actual, 91,938 shares pro
forma and pro forma as adjusted.......................................          503,820         503,820        503,820

Stockholders' equity:

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share 6,937,954 shares  
outstanding actual, 5,888,116 shares pro forma, and 
7,888,116 shares outstanding pro forma as adjusted ...................           69,379          58,881         78,881

Additional paid-in capital ...........................................        2,764,646       3,297,650     10,177,650

Retained earnings ...................................................          567,721          567,721        567,721

         Total stockholders' equity ..................................        3,401,746       3,924,252     10,824,252

Total capitalization .................................................       14,129,238      14,129,238     14,129,238


<FN>


(a)  Assumes the net proceeds of this  offering will be applied to the temporary
     reduction in the  outstanding  principal  balance of the  Company's  credit
     facility resulting in total availability thereunder of $9,704,000.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       17

<PAGE>
                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected  financial data as of and for the periods presented below have been
derived from the financial  statements of the Company.  The financial statements
of the Company as of and for the fiscal  years  ended  January 31, 1997 and 1996
have been  audited  by BDO  Seidman,  LLP,  and its report  thereon is  included
elsewhere herein.  The balance sheet data as of April 30, 1997 and the statement
of operations  data as of and for the three months ended April 30, 1997 and 1996
have been derived from unaudited financial statements,  which have been prepared
on the same basis as the  audited  financial  statements  and in the  opinion of
management,  include  all  adjustments  (consisting  of  only  normal  recurring
adjustments)  necessary  to present  fairly the  information  set forth  herein.
Results  of  operations  for the  three  months  ended  April  30,  1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending January
31, 1998. The selected  financial  data should be read in  conjunction  with the
financial statements,  including the notes thereto,  appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus and "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS." 

                                       18
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Fiscal Year Ended                         Three Months Ended
                                                              January 31,                                April 30,
Statements of Operations Data:                         1997                     1996                 1997                1996
                                                 ---------------          --------------        --------------        ----------

<S>                                                <C>                      <C>                    <C>                <C>       
Service Revenues............................       $7,056,270               $7,195,176             $2,519,531         $1,424,030

Merchandise Revenues........................          242,177                  926,008                  8,348             29,938
                                                    ---------               ----------                -------          ---------

                                                   $7,298,447               $8,121,184             $2,527,879         $1,453,968

Cost of Service Revenues....................        4,862,207                3,859,409              1,261,226          1,204,838

Cost of Merchandise Sold....................          202,381                  549,813                 32,720                  -
                                                    ---------                ---------               --------         ----------

                                                   $2,233,859               $3,711,962             $1,233,933           $249,130

Selling, General & Administrative
     Expenses  .............................        2,904,372                2,799,841                527,786            876,902
                                                    ---------               ----------              ---------         ----------

  Operating Income (Loss)...................     $  (670,513)               $  912,121             $  706,147        $ (627,772)

Other Income (Expense)......................        (309,992)                (314,127)              (215,020)           (39,321)
                                                  -----------               ----------            -----------         ----------

  Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes.........     $  (980,505)               $  597,994             $  491,127        $ (667,093)

  Income Tax (Benefit) Expense..............        (377,188)                  406,000                235,000          (196,864)
                                                 ------------               ----------              ---------         ----------

  Net Income (Loss).........................     $  (603,317)               $  191,994             $  256,127        $ (470,229)

Earnings (Loss) per Share...................          $(0.09)                    $0.03                  $0.04              $0.07

Pro Forma(1) Net Income per Share..........               N/A                    $0.05                    N/A                N/A
<CAPTION>

                                                             January 31,                            April 30, 1997
                                                             -----------                            --------------
Balance Sheet Data:                                    1997             1996          Actual        Pro Forma(2)       As Adjusted
                                                     --------         --------      ----------      ------------       -----------

<S>                                                <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>        
Working Capital.............................       $ 2,322,778     $ 1,305,679      $12,313,532      $12,313,532      $12,313,532

Total Assets   .............................        15,569,649       5,346,384       15,890,358       15,890,358       15,890,358

Revolving Line of Credit....................         7,124,000       1,713,715                -                -                -

Long-term debt, less current portion........            22,814          32,341        9,701,166        9,701,166        2,801,166

Redeemable Stock............................         1,026,326               -        1,026,326          503,820          503,820

Stockholders' Equity........................         3,145,622       2,017,626        3,401,746        3,924,252       10,824,252

<FN>

(1)  Pro forma data is presented  to reflect a provision  for income taxes as if
     DISC,  a  S Corporation  prior to the merger  between DISC and PMM, had not
     been a S Corporation.

(2)  Pro forma to reflect the  proposed  1-to-1.21  reverse  stock split and the
     conversion  of 5,600  shares of the  Company's  1996  Series 7%  Cumulative
     Convertible Preferred Stock into 186,666 shares of Common Stock.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       19

<PAGE>
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

         For more than 20 years, The Source Information  Management Company (the
"Company") and its predecessors have provided information gathering,  consulting
and other information based services to operators of mass merchandise,  grocery,
convenience and pharmacy stores located throughout the United States and eastern
Canada. Currently, the Company provides monitoring and documentation services to
approximately 730 retailers,  such as Wal-Mart Stores,  Inc., Kmart Corporation,
Target Stores,  Inc., Food Lion, Inc., and W.H. Smith,  Inc., in connection with
processing  and  collection of incentive  payments  from magazine  publishers on
single  copy  sales  of   approximately   6,000   magazine   titles  offered  in
approximately  70,000  stores.  As an  extension  of this  service,  the Company
established its Advance Pay Program,  under which the Company advances an agreed
upon  percentage  of the  incentive  payments due to the retailer  from magazine
publishers.  It then directly collects from the publishers the claims due to the
retailer. In fiscal 1996 and 1997, the Company advanced approximately $1,783,000
and $16,743,000 under the Advance Pay Program,  respectively.  In October, 1996,
the  Company   expanded  its  services  and  potential   client  base  with  the
introduction  of the  Periodical  Information  Network  ("PIN"),  an information
service in which the  Company  provides  subscribing  magazine  publishers  with
industry-wide, single copy magazine sales information in a user friendly format.
Based on conversations with representatives of magazine publishers,  the Company
believes that publishers and  advertisers  perceive that PIN provides a valuable
basis on which to  formulate  marketing,  distribution,  advertising  and  other
policies.

         A majority of the  Company's  revenues  are derived  from  service fees
earned in  connection  with the  collection  of incentive  payments  owed to the
Company's retailer clients from magazine publishers. Most such incentive payment
programs  offer  the  retailer  a cash  rebate,  equal  to a  percentage  of the
retailer's  actual  net  sales  of the  publisher's  titles,  which  is  payable
quarterly upon submission of a properly  documented claim. Under agreements with
its  retailer  clients,  the  Company  gathers  sales data,  submits  claims for
payment,  collects payments and receives a percentage of the aggregate  payments
collected on the retailers' behalf.  Claims for incentive payments are generally
submitted  to  the  publishers  quarterly  based  on  actual  net  sales  of the
publishers'  titles  recorded  in  the  previous  calendar  quarter.  Except  in
connection  with its Advance Pay Program,  the Company does not guarantee to its
retailer  clients any payments due to the client from magazine  publishers,  and
accordingly,  does not assume any credit  risk  associated  with such  incentive
payments.  In substantially  all the contracts under the Advance Pay Program the
Company bears the risk of  uncollectibility  associated with collecting payments
from publishers.  To date, the reserve maintained by the Company as an allowance
for doubtful  accounts in the amount of approximately 2% of accounts  receivable
has  been  adequate  to  satisfy  any  losses   incurred  by  the  Company  from
uncollectible accounts receivable.

         Under  both the  standard  arrangement  and the  Advance  Pay  Program,
service  revenues are  recognized at the time claims for incentive  payments are
substantially  completed for  submission to the  publishers  based on the amount
claimed,  less an estimated  reserve  necessary to maintain  all  allowance  for
doubtful  accounts of  approximately 2% of trade accounts  receivable.  However,
under the standard arrangement, invoices for services provided by the Company in
connection  with the claim  process are not issued  until the  Company  receives
settlement  of the claim.  Under the Advance Pay  Program,  the  customer is not
invoiced for the service fee, which is the difference  between the claim and the
advance amount.


                                       20

<PAGE>
Results of Operations

         The  following  table sets forth,  for the periods  presented,  certain
information  relating to the operations of the Company expressed as a percentage
of Total Revenues:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Three Months Ended April 30,                       Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
                                            ----------------------------                       -----------------------------
                                              1997               1996                            1997               1996
                                              ----               ----                            ----               ----

<S>                                           <C>                <C>                             <C>                <C>  
Service Revenues                              99.7%              97.9%                           96.7%              88.6%

Merchandise Revenues                           0.3%               2.1%                            3.3%              11.4%

                                             100.0%             100.0%                          100.0%             100.0%

Cost of Service Revenues                      49.9%              82.9%                           66.6%              47.5%

Cost of Merchandise Sold                       1.3%               0.0%                            2.8%               6.8%

                                              48.8%              17.1%                           30.6%              45.7%

Selling, General &
  Administrative Expense                      20.9%              60.3%                           39.8%              34.5%

Operating Income (Loss)                       27.9%            (43.2)%                          (9.2)%              11.2%

Interest Expense, Net                        (7.7)%             (2.3)%                          (3.9)%             (1.2)%

Other Income (Expense), Net                  (0.8)%             (0.4)%                          (0.4)%             (2.7)%

Income (Loss) Before
  Income Taxes                                19.4%            (45.9)%                         (13.4)%                7.4%

Net Income (Loss)                             10.1%            (32.3)%                          (8.3)%                2.4%

</TABLE>

Three Months Ended April 30, 1997 Compared to Three Months Ended April 30, 1996


Service Revenues

         Increased  retailer  participation  in the  Advance  Pay  Program,  the
acquisitions  of Magazine  Marketing,  Inc.  and Readers  Choice,  Inc.  and the
implementation  of PIN during the third quarter of fiscal year 1997  contributed
to an increase in service revenue of approximately  $1,095,000  during the first
quarter of fiscal 1998.  The increase  consisted  of  approximately  $817,000 of
claims, PIN and Advance Pay Program revenue over the comparable period in fiscal
1997.  Also,  space design revenue  increased from $32,000 for the quarter ended
April 30, 1996 to $310,000 for the quarter ended April 30, 1997. Currently,  the
Company is  negotiating  flat fee  arrangements;  however,  historically,  space
design revenues have been recognized as front end display manufacturers ship the
displays  to the  retailers,  the timing of which is not  within  the  Company's
control.  Space  design  revenues  have  historically  fluctuated  significantly
depending  upon a variety of factors  including  the  number  and  magnitude  of
reconfiguration  programs  undertaken by the Company's  retailer  client and the
timely  shipping of displays by  manufacturers.  As a result,  variations in the
timing and amounts of space design revenues could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's quarterly operating results.


                                       21
<PAGE>
Merchandise Revenues and Cost of Merchandise Sold

         As a result of its  relationships  with the  leading  retailers  in the
United States,  the Company has had opportunities  from time to time to purchase
merchandise,  such as gift and  greeting  cards,  caps and  other  leisure  time
products for resale to its retailer clients. However,  management has decided to
de-emphasize this portion of its business in order to dedicate more resources to
its core services.  The revenues derived from merchandising  sales are declining
while the inventory is being liquidated.

Cost of Service Revenues and Selling, General and Administrative Expense ("Total
Costs")

         Total  Costs  decreased   approximately   $293,000.  Bad  debt  expense
decreased  $151,000  causing the largest  decrease  in Total  Costs.  Travel and
entertainment  expenses  decreased  $23,000  and  $16,000,  respectively.   Life
insurance  expense  decreased  $26,000 due to the surrender of certain  policies
during the fourth  quarter of fiscal  year 1997.  Contract  labor and data entry
costs  decreased  $120,000  as a result of  permanent  hirings.  However,  these
decreases  were  partially  offset by increased  labor costs.  Depreciation  and
amortization   increased  $32,000  due  to  business  acquisitions  and  capital
expenditures that occurred subsequent to the first quarter of fiscal 1997.

Interest Expense

         Interest  Expense  increased  $160,000  due  to  increased   borrowings
necessary to fund the Advance Pay Program.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

         The effective  income tax rate for the quarter ended April 30, 1997 was
47.8%.  This rate varied from the statutory  rate due to expenses not deductible
for  income  tax  purposes.  Such  non-deductible  expenses  include  meals  and
entertainment, goodwill amortization, and officers' life insurance premiums.


Fiscal 1997 Compared to Fiscal 1996


Service Revenues

         Increased  retailer  participation  in the  Advance  Pay  Program,  the
acquisition  of Magazine  Marketing,  Inc.  and  Readers  Choice,  Inc.  and the
implementation  of PIN during the third quarter of fiscal year 1997  contributed
to an  increase  in revenue  from claims  submission  services of  approximately
$468,000.  However,  space design revenue  decreased from  $1,243,000 in 1996 to
$636,000 in 1997  causing an overall  decrease in Service  Revenues of $139,000.
Currently,   the  Company  is  negotiating  flat  fee   arrangements;   however,
historically,  space design  revenues have been  recognized as front end display
manufacturers  ship the  displays to the  retailers,  the timing of which is not
within  the  Company's  control.  Based  on  management's  understanding  of the
anticipated  shipment dates for proposed and planned programs  expected to occur
during the next year,  space  design  revenue  should  exceed both 1996 and 1997
levels.

Merchandise Revenues

         As a result of its  relationships  with the  leading  retailers  in the
United States,  The Company has had opportunities  from time to time to purchase
merchandise,  such as gift and  greeting  cards,  caps and  other  leisure  time
products for resale to its retailer clients. However,  management has decided to
de-emphasize this portion of its business in order to dedicate more resources to
its core services.  Thus,  Merchandise Revenues decreased $684,000 from $926,000
in 1996 to $242,000 in 1997.

Cost of Merchandise Sold

         The  Cost of  Merchandise  Sold  decreased  primarily  as a  result  of
de-emphasizing this portion of the business as noted above.  Comparing the gross
profit percentage  associated with Merchandise Revenues to the prior year is not
considered  meaningful by management  since a wide variety of items with varying
profit margins have been purchased and resold.


                                       22

<PAGE>
Cost of Service Revenues and Selling, General and Administrative Expense ("Total
Costs")

         Total Costs  increased  approximately  $1,100,000.  Wages accounted for
$840,000 of the increase.  New hires,  including  personnel formerly employed by
Magazine Marketing,  Inc.,  comprised  approximately  $579,000 of this increase,
while the balance of the increase was the result of wage  increases and bonuses.
Insurance costs increased  approximately $152,000 resulting from the addition of
directors and officers  insurance,  additional  life  insurance  policies and an
increase in the package policy due to the Company's  expansion into other states
and Canada.  Rent,  telephone and utilities have increased  $100,000 as a direct
result of  expanding  the square  footage  rented in North  Carolina  and adding
regional  offices in Canada,  Arizona  and  California  (which was  subsequently
closed as a result of de-emphasizing the merchandising portion of the business).
Computer  hardware  and  software   acquisitions  combined  with  equipment  and
furniture acquisitions related to the additional regional offices contributed to
a $48,000 increase in depreciation  expense.  Lastly, bad debt expense increased
approximately  $40,000.  Such  increases were mitigated by decreases in contract
labor and data entry costs.  During 1997,  permanent  hires  reduced the need to
utilize  temporary  employees as frequently  as in 1996,  and an increase in the
number of wholesalers  supplying sales data on tape contributed to a decrease in
data entry costs.

Interest Expense

         Interest  Expense  increased  $191,000  due  to  increased   borrowings
necessary to fund the Advance Pay Program.

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

         The  effective  income tax rate  decreased to 38.5% for 1997 from a pro
forma effective rate of 47.5% for 1996. This decrease was a result of a decrease
in expenses not  deductible  for income tax  purposes as a percentage  of income
(loss) before  income  taxes.  Such  non-deductible  expenses  include meals and
entertainment, officers' life insurance premiums and goodwill amortization.


Earnings Per Share


         In February  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" (SFAS
No. 128). The new standard  simplifies the standards for computing  earnings per
share and requires  presentation of two new amounts,  basic and diluted earnings
per share.  The Company will be required to  retroactively  adopt this  standard
when it reports its  operating  results  for the fiscal  quarter and year ending
January 31, 1998. When the Company adopts SFAS No. 128, it expects no changes in
its  previously  reported  Primary  and Fully  Diluted  earnings  per share.  In
addition,  SFAS No. 128 is expected to have no effect on earnings  per share for
the three months ended April 30, 1997 and 1996 if it had been adopted.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


         The Company's primary cash requirements are for funding the Advance Pay
Program and selling,  general and administrative expenses (particularly salaries
and travel)  incurred in connection with the solicitation of new clients and the
maintenance  of existing  accounts.  Historically,  the Company has financed its
business  activities  through  short-term  borrowings  under  available lines of
credit, cash flow from operations and through the issuance of equity securities.

         Net cash used by operating  activities  increased from $872,000  during
the quarter  ended April 30, 1996 to  $2,692,000  during the quarter ended April
30, 1997. During the quarter ended April 30, 1997,  $2,432,000 was used to cover
checks drawn against  future  deposits at January 31, 1997 and net cash used for
the Advance Pay Program was approximately $287,000.

         The average  collection  period for the three month  period ended April
30,  1997 was 127 days  compared to 122 days for the three  month  period  ended
April  30,  1996.  The  collection  periods  were  calculated  as  follows:  365
days/(Revenues/Average  Accounts Receivable), where accounts receivable includes
all trade accounts  receivable,  but only the commission  portion of amounts due
from publishers in association with the Advance Pay Program.

                                       23

<PAGE>
         The Company is primarily engaged in the business of providing  services
to its retailer clients;  therefore,  its capital  expenditure  requirements are
minimal. At April 30, 1997, the Company had no outstanding  material commitments
for capital expenditures.

         The Company has a credit  agreement  that provides for a revolving loan
of up to  $12,500,000  with Wachovia  Bank of North  Carolina,  N.A.  ("Wachovia
Bank").  Wachovia Bank has the right to terminate  the  agreement  upon not less
than thirteen  months prior written  notice.  Borrowings bear interest at a rate
related to the monthly  LIBOR index rate plus a percentage  ranging from 2.5% to
3.5% depending upon the ratio of funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization.  Borrowings are secured by personal guarantees of
Messrs.  S. Leslie Flegel and William H. Lee and their spouses and by a security
interest in substantially  all of the Company's  assets  including  receivables,
inventory,  equipment, goods and fixtures, software, contract rights, notes, and
general  intangibles.  Under the Credit  Agreement,  the  Company is required to
maintain certain financial ratios. Although the Company was not in compliance at
January 31, 1997, with the requisite ratio of Earnings  Before  Interest,  Lease
Obligations and Taxes to Interest Expense and Lease  Obligations  ("EBILT/IELO")
or the requisite ratio of Funded Debt to Total Capitalization  ("Debt/Cap"),  it
received  a  written  temporary  waiver  of  such  ratios  from  Wachovia  Bank.
Subsequently,  the Credit  Agreement  was amended to provide  the  Company  with
greater  flexibility with respect to the maintenance of certain financial ratios
including the EBILT/IELO and Debt/Cap ratios. At April 30, 1997, the Company was
in compliance  with all financial  ratios  imposed by the Credit  Agreement,  as
amended,  and expects to remain in compliance  through  October 31, 1997.  After
October 31, 1997, the financial  ratios become  increasingly  more stringent and
there can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to meet such  financial
ratios after such date.  Although the Company believes it is unlikely,  Wachovia
Bank may decide to enforce any or all of its remedies,  including  declaring the
loan  immediately due and payable,  if the financial  ratios are not maintained.
Such action would have a material  adverse effect on the financial  condition of
the Company and would require the Company to curtail the Advance Pay Program.

         At April 30, 1997, the Company's total long-term debt  obligations were
$9,772,000.  Of such  amount, $71,000 matures in the next 12 months. The Company
anticipates  that the funds  necessary  to  satisfy  these  obligations  will be
derived primarily from cash flows from operations.

         On May 30, 1997, the Company  acquired all of the stock of Mike Kessler
and  Associates,  Inc.  ("MKA") for  $2,500,000 of which  $350,000 was paid upon
closing.  The balance,  which is due January 5, 1998 with interest at 6.25%,  is
expected to be financed by operations  and/or an  additional  loan from Wachovia
Bank.  Wachovia Bank issued a standby  letter of credit for  $2,231,912  for the
benefit of the former owner of MKA covering the period from May 30, 1997 through
January  31,  1998.  The  seller  operated  MKA  as a  business  engaged  in the
collection of retail  display  allowances  for retail store chains.  The Company
intends to continue the  operation of such business and believes it can continue
servicing the current customer base.

         The Company will not be able to expand its operations, particularly its
Advance Pay  Program,  in  accordance  with the  Company's  current plan without
additional  financing.  If the  proceeds  of this  offering  together  with  the
Company's currently available funds and internally  generated cash flows are not
sufficient  to  satisfy  its  financing  needs,  the  Company  likely  will seek
additional  funding  through  increased  bank  borrowings  and/or  the public or
private  sale of debt or  equity  securities.  There  can be no  assurance  that
additional  funds will be available on a timely basis, on acceptable terms or at
all, or that such funds, if raised, would be sufficient to permit the Company to
continue its expansion as planned.  If the proceeds of this offering and funding
through  additional  public or  private  sale of debt or equity  securities  are
inadequate,  and borrowings  under the existing  credit facility or a comparable
replacement  thereof are not  available,  the Company may be required to curtail
the Advance Pay Program.

                                       24

<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

Overview

         For more than 20 years, The Source Information  Management Company (the
"Company") and its predecessors have provided information gathering,  consulting
and other information based services to operators of mass merchandise,  grocery,
convenience and pharmacy stores located throughout the United States and eastern
Canada. Currently, the Company provides monitoring and documentation services to
approximately 730 retailers,  such as Wal-Mart Stores,  Inc., Kmart Corporation,
Target Stores,  Inc., Food Lion, Inc., and W.H. Smith,  Inc., in connection with
processing  and  collection of incentive  payments  from magazine  publishers on
single  copy  sales  of   approximately   6,000   magazine   titles  offered  in
approximately  70,000  stores.  As an  extension  of this  service,  the Company
established its Advance Pay Program,  under which the Company advances an agreed
upon  percentage  of the  incentive  payments due to the retailer  from magazine
publishers.  It then directly collects from the publishers the claims due to the
retailer. In fiscal 1996 and 1997, the Company advanced approximately $1,783,000
and $16,743,000 under the Advance Pay Program,  respectively.  In October, 1996,
the  Company   expanded  its  services  and  potential   client  base  with  the
introduction  of the  Periodical  Information  Network  ("PIN"),  an information
service in which the  Company  provides  subscribing  magazine  publishers  with
industry-wide, single copy magazine sales information in a user friendly format.
Based on conversations with representatives of magazine publishers,  the Company
believes that publishers and  advertisers  perceive that PIN provides a valuable
basis on which to  formulate  marketing,  distribution,  advertising  and  other
policies.

Formation of the Company

         The  Company  was  organized  in  1995  by  the  consolidation  of  two
significant   providers  of  services  to  retailers  of  magazines   and  other
periodicals.  Since its  organization  the  Company  has  expanded  through  the
acquisition of businesses and technologies that address  additional  services or
products,  market  segments  or  geographic  regions in which the Company is not
currently  active and which  would  allow the  Company  to expand  the  services
offered to its clients,  or its ability to support existing or planned services.
In 1995, the Company acquired the business of Dixon's Modern Marketing Concepts,
Inc. and Tri-State Stores, Inc., both of Chicago Heights, Illinois. In 1996, the
Company  again  expanded  its  presence in the upper  Midwest by  acquiring  the
businesses of Magazine Marketing, Inc. of Canton, Ohio and Readers Choice, Inc.,
a subsidiary of United Magazine Company located in Columbus,  Ohio. In May 1997,
the Company  acquired the business of Mike Kessler and Associates,  Inc. of Fair
Lawn, New Jersey.

                                       25
<PAGE>
The Magazine Industry

         Based on its  knowledge of the industry and  discussions  with magazine
publishers  and  retailers,  management  of the Company  believes  that magazine
publishers  are placing an increasing  degree of importance on revenues  derived
from single copy  newsstand  sales and that the  emphasis  placed on single copy
sales by publishers  will continue to increase as: (i) mailing costs continue to
rise with respect to subscription  distribution;  and (ii) magazine  advertisers
continue to value the increased  target market accuracy  achieved through single
copy sales.

         The distribution of the  approximately  6,000 magazine titles currently
published for single copy sales on a national basis is dominated by six national
distributors, which distribute to over 200 local independent distributors, which
in turn  supply  copies  to  magazine  retailers.  Although  the  nature  of the
businesses in which magazine retailers are engaged is wide ranging,  the largest
volumes of single copy sales  historically are achieved by grocery retailers and
mass merchandise  stores. The primary function of the retailer is the display of
available  titles  in two  store  locations,  at a  dedicated  section  called a
"mainline display" and at displays located within the merchandise checkout area.
Because magazines are frequently purchased on impulse,  publishers  increasingly
compete for display spaces, referred to as "pockets," at the checkout.

         National  distributors  receive  a  brokerage  fee  based on sales  and
distribution to local independent  distributors.  Local independent distributors
purchase  copies at a  discount  to the  suggested  retail  price and  resell to
retailers,  also at a discount to the suggested  retail price. All unsold copies
are  returnable  by  the  retailer  for  full  credit  to  all  parties  in  the
distribution  chain,  such that  payments  are made only with  respect to copies
actually  sold.  All  accounting  for  copies is done by the  local  independent
distributors which invoice for distributed copies,  credit retailers for returns
and credit national  distributors for sales through a  computer-assisted  single
entry information system.

                                       26

<PAGE>
         To provide further incentives to retailers to prominently display their
respective  titles,  publishers  typically  enter into Retail Display  Allowance
("RDA") programs under which the retailer is entitled to receive, on a quarterly
basis,  a cash rebate  directly from the publisher  equal to a percentage of the
retailer's  actual net sales of the  publisher's  titles  upon  submission  of a
properly  documented  claim.  Conversely,  certain  publishers  of  high  volume
magazines  rent  "pocket"  space  from  retailers  for the  display  and sale of
specific  titles.  Such  rent,  referred  to  as  "pocket  payments"  (or  "RDP"
payments),  is a fixed  amount  per  pocket,  per  store  based on the  verified
location and other criteria of the pocket,  and is paid quarterly.  The national
distributors  administer  a majority  of RDA and RDP  programs  on behalf of the
publishers.

         Publishers  have also  implemented  programs to encourage  retailers to
upgrade  their  checkout  and  mainline  display  fixtures  by  making  one-time
incentive  payments,  based on the pockets allocated to their respective titles.
Similar  to RDA and RDP,  such  payments  are made  only  upon  submission  of a
properly documented claim.

Client Services

         The Company is dedicated to providing full information  services to its
clients. Such services include the following:

         Claim  Submission.  Through its software system,  the Company offers to
assist retailers in accurately monitoring,  documenting, claiming and collecting
publisher incentive payments.  The claim submission process begins at the end of
each  calendar  quarter  when the  Company  obtains  information  from the local
independent distributors detailing the titles and number of copies actually sold
by the  client  retailer.  Based  on  this  information,  the  Company  prepares
publisher  supplied  claim  forms  and  submits  the  documented  claim  to  the
appropriate national distributor, which acts as payment agent for the publisher.
After verification of the claim, the national  distributor remits payment to the
order of the  retailer  in care of the  Company,  which  records the payment and
forwards it to the  retailer.  The Company  charges  the  retailer a  negotiated
percentage of the cash collected.

                                       27
<PAGE>
         As an  extension  of its claim  submission  service,  the  Company  has
established  an  Advance  Pay  Program.  Under  the  provisions  of the  written
agreement signed by each participating  retailer, the Company acquires the right
to collect the  incentive  payments  otherwise  due the retailer  directly  from
magazine  publishers  with  respect  to the sale and  display of  magazines.  In
return,  the Company pays to the retailer a negotiated  fixed  percentage of the
total  incentive  payments  otherwise  due the  retailer  with  respect  to each
calendar quarter generally not later than ninety days after the end of each such
quarter.  The funds  necessary to make such  payments are derived from cash flow
from operations and borrowings under the Company's  existing  $12,500,000 credit
facility.  Typically,  the agreement provides for a minimum term of one year and
thereafter  is  terminable  by either party on not less than ninety days notice.
This service  relieves the retailer from the burdensome  administrative  task of
processing  multitudes of small publisher checks.  Service fees earned under the
Advance Pay Program generally exceed those charged under the traditional method;
however  the  Company  generally  assumes  the risk of  uncollectibility  of the
incentive  payments.  Based on historical  experience,  the Company  maintains a
reserve for doubtful accounts equal to approximately 2% of outstanding  accounts
receivable. The Company believes such reserve will be adequate.

         Space Design.  Through its Display Group,  the Company offers to assist
retailers in the  placement of displays and the  selection of titles to optimize
available  display space,  and thereby to maximize  sales and incentive  payment
revenues. Based on its knowledge of local consumer preferences and the terms and
conditions of publisher  incentive  payment  programs,  the Company analyzes the
retailer's  store  layout,  customer  traffic  patterns  and  available  display
alternatives.  Thereafter,  the Company  consults  with its  retailer  client to
develop an appropriate display program.

         Generally, retailers undertake a comprehensive redesign of the checkout
display space on three-year cycles. As a result of its marketing experience, the
Company is  frequently  engaged to provide  services  with respect to the entire
redesign process including, fixture design and assisting the retailer in product
selection,   plan-o-gramming  and  vendor  negotiations.  The  Company  provides
additional  services to  retailers  including  vendor  billing  and  collection,
fixture prototype reviews and supervision of fixture installation in the stores.
In June 1997,  K-Mart  Corporation  contracted  with the Company to provide such
services with respect to the reconfiguration of display fixtures in the checkout
area of its  stores.  The  new  merchandising  units  which  display  magazines,
confections and selected general  merchandise  illustrates the  applicability of
the Company's  existing  services beyond magazines to other high volume consumer
products.

         Periodical  Information  Network. The Company's large and sophisticated
database of magazine industry information has resulted in it becoming a magazine
information  center  which  many  companies  in  the  magazine  industry  use to

                                       28

<PAGE>
formulate their publishing and distribution  strategies.  PIN is a comprehensive
system  designed to use current  computer  technologies,  including  CD-ROM,  to
effectively manage all elements of its database including  information packaging
and  efficient  inbound,   outbound  access.  The  network  provides  access  to
periodically updated historical  information  concerning the titles and quantity
of  each  title  sold  by  retailers  for  analysis  purposes.  Several  leading
publishers have subscribed to PIN. The PIN subscription  agreement provides that
the Company  will furnish each  subscriber  with a historical  database of sales
information and quarterly  updates capable of generating  three general types of
reports:  total  sales,  sales by class of trade,  and sales by  retailer.  Each
report ranks titles in order of sales volume,  and provides  other sales related
information,  including sales  efficiencies,  category  contributions  and total
sales  ranking.  For such  database,  subscribers  pay  service  fees equal to a
one-time enrollment fee and quarterly update fees. PIN subscriptions have a term
of one year, which is automatically renewed for successive one-year terms unless
either party terminates by notice to the other not later than ninety days before
commencement of the next renewal term.

         Marketing  and  Promotional   Program.  As  part  of  its  full-service
philosophy,  the Company  offers its clients advice and  suggestions  concerning
specialized  marketing and promotional  programs which may include, for example,
special  mainline and checkout  displays and  cross-promotions  of magazines and
products of interest to readers of such magazines.  Such services are offered to
enhance  single  copy  magazine  sales by the  Company's  clients,  and  thereby
increase  service revenues due the Company in connection  with the submission of
incentive  payment  claims;  accordingly,  no separate  charge is made for these
services.

         Administrative   Support.   The  Company  assists   retailers  to  more
efficiently  conduct  their  magazine  sales  operations  through   computerized
inventory control,  automated pricing updates and management  reporting.  During
the fourth  quarter of fiscal  1998,  the  Company  intends to  introduce  a new
administrative  support service enabling publishers and retailers to efficiently
verify  and  correct  price  changes  and  other  information  contained  in the
magazine's uniform product code ("UPC").

                                       29
<PAGE>
Growth Opportunities

         Expansion  of  Services  to  New  Product  Categories.   The  Company's
information services have been designed to efficiently and accurately accumulate
and manage  sales data with respect to sales of low cost,  high volume  consumer
products.  While the  Company's  services,  including  PIN and the  Advance  Pay
Program, were developed for use in the magazine industry, the Company intends to
adapt its services for use in connection with other consumer  products,  such as
confections,   soft  drinks  and   batteries.   To  capitalize  on  this  growth
opportunity,   the  Company  signed  a  preliminary  agreement  with  Associated
Services, Inc., a small provider of documentation,  processing and collection of
sales  incentive  and  cooperative   advertising   payments  and   merchandising
consulting  with respect to books sold by retail store chains.  If  consummated,
the Company  believes that this  acquisition will supplement the Company's sales
force with experience in a market not previously served by the Company.

         Development of New and Enhanced Products and Services.  The Company was
founded and believes that its future  success will be dependent upon its ability
to anticipate the  informational  needs of existing and potential clients and to
develop and  introduce,  in a timely  manner,  new products  and services  which
address such needs.  The Company  encourages  creativity and  originality in its
sales  personnel  and believes that one of the keys to the growth of the Company
has been the willingness of senior  management to implement  product and service
solutions suggested by the Company's personnel to address the needs of customers
with whom they interact. In addition, Messrs. Flegel and Lee, as well as various
members of the Company's  senior  management and sales  personnel,  periodically
meet with consumers to discuss industry trends and  informational  requirements.
After identifying an unsatisfied  consumer need, members of the Company's senior
management  and sales team meet to design new or enhanced  products and services
addressing such consumer need.  Thereafter,  a team is appointed to develop such
products and services for introduction to the market.

Marketing and Sales

         The Company  markets its  services  through its own direct sales force.
The  Company's  sales  group  consists  of seven  regional  managers  and  three
divisional vice  presidents.  Each manager is assigned to a specific  geographic
territory  and  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  quotations,  program
presentations  and the general  development of sales,  as well as maintenance of
existing accounts, within his or her assigned territory.

Competition

         Competition  among  providers  of many of the  Company's  products  and
services,  particularly  the processing of incentive  payment claims,  is highly
competitive.  While such  competition  is  fragmented,  the  Company  recognizes
approximately  32 direct  competitors,  all of which are  closely  held  private
companies.  The Company believes  that, in virtually  all cases,  it is the sole

                                       30

<PAGE>
provider of magazine  incentive  payment  claim  services to its clients and the
Company's clients do not perform such services on their own behalf. Based on its
review of the industry and informal  discussions  with magazine  publishers  and
retailers, the Company believes that none of its direct competitors have greater
financial,  technological,  marketing  and  sales  resources  than the  Company.
However,  it is possible that certain  services  offered by the Company could be
performed  directly by its retail customers or otherwise offered or performed in
the future by publishers, distributors or other organizations,  such as Nielsen,
IRI and Audit Bureau of  Circulation.  Many of such  organizations  have greater
financial,  technological,  marketing  and  sales  resources  than the  Company.
Additionally,  competitors may develop new or different  service  programs which
are  perceived by customers to be of similar or superior  quality at the same or
lower prices than the Company's services.

         Management further believes that the principal  competitive  factors in
the  retail  information  industry  include  information  access,  technological
support, accuracy, system flexibility, financial stability, customer service and
reputation. The Company believes it competes effectively with respect to each of
the above factors.

Properties

         The Company conducts its operations from 11 office facilities,  located
in  St.  Louis,  Missouri;  New  York,  New  York;  Chicago  Heights,  Illinois;
Schaumburg,  Illinois;  Oklahoma City, Oklahoma;  San Antonio,  Texas; Cranberry
Township, Pennsylvania; Canton, Ohio; Fair Lawn, New Jersey; Woodstock, Georgia;
and  Mississauga,  Ontario,  Canada.  These  facilities  contain an aggregate of
approximately 19,000 square feet of space. Each of the facilities is occupied by
the Company under short-term leases containing terms and conditions  believed to
be  comparable  to those  prevailing  in the  market  in which the  facility  is
located.  The Company  believes  that each of such  facilities  may be relocated
without  material  expense  or  delay,  and  that  suitable  alternative  office
facilities are available in each market on comparable terms, if required.

         In addition,  the Company's  data  processing  center,  located in High
Point, North Carolina, contains approximately 13,900 square feet and is occupied
under a written lease with 711 Gallimore  Partnership,  a North Carolina general
partnership ("711  Partnership"),  expiring in 2012. Such lease provides for the
payment of monthly rent of  approximately  $14,000,  subject to  adjustment  for
taxes,  insurance  and  utilities.  See  "MANAGEMENT-Certain  Relationships  and
Related Transactions."

Management Information Systems

         The Company uses a customized  software system to accumulate and manage
sales data in connection  with its  processing of claims and  maintenance of the
PIN database  under a license from a third party which has been  retained by the
Company to service and upgrade the Company's software system. This sophisticated
software system is of a type used by several companies engaged in the collection
of sales incentive payments in the magazine industry.  Although the Company uses
several  service  marks in connection  with its  business,  it believes that its
business is not  dependent  on the  strength of its service  marks or any of its
intellectual property rights.

Legal Proceedings

         The Company is not a party to any legal proceedings, other than routine
claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company does
not believe that such claims and  lawsuits,  individually  or in the  aggregate,
will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.

Employees

         As of May 31, 1997, the Company  employed 105 persons,  of whom 94 were
employed on a full-time  basis and 11 were  employed on a part-time  basis.  The
Company's employees are not subject to a collective  bargaining  agreement.  The
Company considers its relations with its team members to be good.

                                       31

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  concerning  the
directors and executive officers of the Company:

Name                                Age     Position

S. Leslie Flegel                    59      Director, Chairman and Chief 
                                            Executive Officer

William H. Lee                      46      Director, President and Chief 
                                            Operating Officer

John P. Watkins                     41      Chief Administrative Officer and 
                                            President-Retail Services

Dwight L. DeGolia                   52      Executive Vice President

Robert B. Dixon                     46      Executive Vice President and 
                                            President-Periodical Information 
                                            Management

W. Brian Rodgers                    31      Assistant Secretary and Chief 
                                            Financial Officer

Jason S. Flegel                     31      Sr. Vice President of RDA Operations

Robert G. Shupe                     50      Sr. Vice President and President - 
                                            Display Group

Timothy A. Braswell                 68      Director

Harry L. "Terry" Franc, III         61      Director

Aron Katzman                        59      Director

Randall S. Minix                    47      Director


         Each of the Executive  Officers is a full-time employee of the Company.
Non-employee  directors  of the  Company  devote such time to the affairs of the
Company as is necessary and appropriate. Set forth below are descriptions of the
backgrounds of the Executive Officers and Directors of the Company:

S. Leslie Flegel has been a director,  Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of
the Company  since its  inception  in April  1995.  For more than 14 years prior
thereto,  Mr.  Flegel was the  principal  owner and chief  executive  officer of
Display Information Systems Company ("DISC"), a predecessor of the Company.

William H. Lee has been a director, President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company  since its  inception in April 1995.  For  approximately  14 years prior
thereto,  Mr.  Lee was the  principal  owner  and  chief  executive  officer  of
Periodical Marketing and Management, Inc. ("PMM"), a predecessor of the Company.

John P. Watkins has served as Chief Administrative  Officer and President-Retail
Services  since  February  1, 1996.  For more than 16 years prior  thereto,  Mr.
Watkins served in several senior  management  positions with Food Lion,  Inc., a
seven billion dollar retail grocery chain. From September 1992 to July 1995, Mr.
Watkins served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer and a member
of the Board of Directors of Food Lion, Inc.

Dwight L. DeGolia has served as Executive  Vice  President of the Company  since
its  commencement  of  operations  in May  1995.  For more  than 10 years  prior
thereto,  Mr.  DeGolia served as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing
for DISC.  From 1986 to 1993,  Mr. DeGolia also served as a director of Advanced
Marketing Services, a leading supplier of books to wholesale clubs.

                                       32

<PAGE>
Robert B. Dixon  became  Executive  Vice  President  and  President - Periodical
Information  Management in June 1995. For more than 13 years prior thereto,  Mr.
Dixon served as President and was the principal  shareholder  of Dixon's  Modern
Marketing Concepts, Inc. and related entities.

W. Brian  Rodgers  has served as  Assistant  Secretary  of the Company and Chief
Financial Officer since October 1996. Prior to joining the Company,  Mr. Rodgers
practiced  for seven years as a Certified  Public  Accountant  with BDO Seidman,
L.L.P.

Jason S. Flegel has served as Senior Vice President of RDA Operations since June
1996. Prior thereto, and since the Company's inception in April 1995, Mr. Flegel
served as Vice President - Western Region. Mr. Flegel was an owner and the Chief
Financial Officer of DISC. Jason S. Flegel is the son of S. Leslie Flegel.

Robert G. Shupe has served as Senior Vice  President  since February 1996 and as
President-Display  Group of the Company since  commencement of its operations in
May 1995.  From February  1985 to January  1995,  Mr. Shupe held the position of
Executive  Vice  President-Sales  for PMM.  Prior to joining  PMM, Mr. Shupe was
employed in the marketing division of McCall's Magazine.

Timothy  A.  Braswell  has been a director  of the  Company  since it  commenced
operations in May 1995. He established Braswell Investment Company, a consultant
and broker of wholesale  magazine  businesses in 1994 and is its owner. For more
than five years prior thereto,  Mr.  Braswell was the principal  owner and chief
executive  officer  of City  News Co.  and Dixie  News  Co.,  each of which is a
wholesale periodical company.

Harry L.  "Terry"  Franc,  III,  has been a  director  of the  Company  since it
commenced  operations  in May 1995.  Mr.  Franc is one of the founders of Bridge
Information Systems, Inc., a St. Louis,  Missouri-based  provider of information
services to the  securities  industry  ("BIS") and of BIS's  subsidiary,  Bridge
Trading  Company,  a registered  broker-dealer  and member of the New York Stock
Exchange ("BTC"). For more than 20 years, Mr. Franc has served as a director and
an Executive Vice President of BIS and an Executive Vice President of BTC.

Aron  Katzman  has  served  as a  director  of the  Company  since it  commenced
operations in May 1995. Mr.  Katzman is the President of New Legends,  Inc., one
of St. Louis' leading country club/residential  communities.  For more than five
years prior to April 1994,  when it was sold, Mr. Katzman served as the Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of Roman Company,  a manufacturer and distributor of
fashion  custom  jewelry.  Mr.  Katzman is a member of the board of directors of
Phonetel Technologies, an American Stock Exchange listed company.

Randall  S. Minix has served as a director  of the  Company  since it  commenced
operations  in May  1995.  For more  than  five  years,  Mr.  Minix has been the
managing partner of Minix, Morgan & Company,  L.L.P., an independent  accounting
firm headquartered in Greensboro, North Carolina.

         The Board of Directors of the Company consists of six members,  each of
whom serve in such  capacity for a three year term or until a successor has been
elected and qualified,  subject to earlier  resignation,  removal or death.  The
number of  directors  comprising  the Board of  Directors  may be  increased  or
decreased by  resolution  adopted by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the
Board of Directors.  The Company's  Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide
for three classes of directorships  serving staggered three year terms such that
one-third of the directors are elected at each annual  meeting of  shareholders.
The term of office of Messrs. Flegel and Lee will continue until the 1998 annual
meeting of  shareholders,  the terms of Messrs.  Katzman and Minix will continue
until the 1999 annual meeting of shareholders and the terms of Messrs.  Braswell
and Franc will continue until the 2000 annual meeting of shareholders.

                                       33
<PAGE>
         The  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  has  established  an  Audit
Committee,  a  Compensation  Committee,  a Finance  Committee and an Acquisition
Committee.  The Audit  Committee  is comprised  of two  non-employee  directors,
presently Messrs.  Minix and Katzman, and has the responsibility of recommending
the firm that will serve as the Company's  independent  auditors,  reviewing the
scope  and  results  of  the  audit  and  services  provided  by  the  Company's
independent accountants,  and meeting with the financial staff of the Company to
review  accounting  procedures  and  policies.  The  Compensation  Committee  is
comprised of three non-employee directors,  presently Messrs. Katzman,  Braswell
and Franc,  and has been given the  responsibility  of reviewing  the  financial
records of the  Company to  determine  overall  compensation  and  benefits  for
executive  officers of the Company and to establish and  administer the policies
which govern employee salaries and benefit plans. The Finance Committee is to be
comprised of two  directors.  Presently,  Mr. Franc serves as one member and the
other   position  is  vacant.   The  Finance   Committee   has  been  given  the
responsibility  of  monitoring  the  Company's  capital   structure,   reviewing
available   alternatives   to  satisfy  the  Company's   liquidity  and  capital
requirements and  recommending  the firm or firms which will provide  investment
banking  and  financial   advisory  services  to  the  Company.   The  Company's
Acquisition Committee is comprised of three directors,  presently Messrs. Franc,
Braswell and Katzman,  and has been given the  responsibility  of monitoring the
Company's  search for  attractive  acquisition  opportunities,  consulting  with
members of management to review plans and strategies for the  achievement of the
Company's  external growth  objectives and  recommending  the firm or firms that
will serve as advisors  to the  Company in  connection  with the  evaluation  of
potential business combinations.

Executive Compensation

         The following table summarizes information concerning cash and non-cash
compensation paid to or accrued for the benefit of the named executive  officers
for all services rendered in all capacities to the Company and its predecessors.

                                       34
<TABLE>

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<CAPTION>

                                                                Annual Compensation
                                                                -------------------
Name of Principal                                                                               Other Annual       All Other
   Position                                 Year              Salary            Bonus         Compensation(a)    Compensation
   --------                                 ----              ------            -----         ---------------    ------------

<S>                                         <C>             <C>                 <C>                <C>            <C>       
S. Leslie Flegel                            1997            $227,500            $78,856            $30,624        $97,542(b)
 Chairman and Chief Executive               1996             200,000             26,543             30,995              -
 Officer                                    1995             171,875                  -             22,425              -

William H. Lee                              1997            $224,830            $30,000            $13,944              -
 President and Chief Operating              1996             192,646                  -             19,006              -
 Officer                                    1995             145,000             60,000             25,937              -

Dwight L. DeGolia                           1997            $140,000                  -            $11,223         $4,773(b)
 Executive Vice President                   1996             134,884                  -             16,739              -
                                            1995              97,358                  -              9,790              -

John P. Watkins                             1997            $150,000                  -            $11,891              -
  Chief Administrative Officer and          1996                   -                  -                  -              -
  President-Retail Services                 1995                   -                  -                  -              -

Robert B. Dixon                             1997            $150,000                  -            $13,907              -
 Executive Vice President and               1996             114,000           $ 50,000              5,458              -
 President-Periodical Information           1995              36,000            128,500             26,982              -
 Management


<FN>
(a)      Reflects  personal  benefits derived by Messrs.  Flegel,  Lee, DeGolia,
         Watkins and Dixon  primarily in connection with personal use of Company
         automobiles,  country club membership dues and life insurance premiums.
         In fiscal 1997 the estimated incremental cost to the Company of the use
         by  Messrs.  Flegel,  Lee,  DeGolia,   Watkins  and  Dixon  of  Company
         automobiles   was   $10,339,   $8,650,   $6,090,   $7,800  and  $8,597,
         respectively.  In fiscal 1996, such cost was $11,444,  $6,234,  $6,360,
         $-0- and $3,158,  respectively.  In fiscal 1995, such cost was $10,417,
         $8,753, $5,728, $-0- and $-0-, respectively.

         In fiscal 1997,  the estimated  incremental  cost to the Company of the
         membership dues paid on behalf of Messrs. Flegel, Lee, DeGolia, Watkins
         and Dixon was $11,192, $2,239, $5,133, $3,330 and $5,310, respectively.
         In fiscal 1996, such cost was $11,503, $4,738, $4,751, $-0- and $2,300,
         respectively.  In fiscal 1995,  such cost was $8,212,  $4,356,  $4,751,
         $-0-, and $2,300, respectively.


                                       35

<PAGE>
         In fiscal 1997, the estimated  incremental  cost to the Company of life
         insurance  premiums  paid on behalf of Messrs.  Flegel,  Lee,  DeGolia,
         Watkins  and  Dixon  was   $9,093,   $3,056,   $-0-,   $761  and  $-0-,
         respectively.  In fiscal 1996,  such cost was $8,048,  $8,033,  $5,628,
         $-0-, and $-0-,  respectively.  No life insurance premiums were paid on
         behalf of the officers in fiscal 1995.

(b)      Represents  compensation  awarded  by the  Company  and  used to  repay
         certain indebtedness of the named executive officer to a predecessor of
         the Company  incurred in connection  with subchapter S earnings of such
         predecessor.  If the  Over-Allotment  Option  is  exercised,  the first
         82,000  shares sold as a result  thereof will be sold by Mr. Flegel and
         the proceeds used to retire the balance of Mr. Flegel's indebtedness to
         the  Company  which  is  in  the  amount  of  approximately   $245,000.
         Accordingly, the Company expects that compensation of similar type will
         not be paid in the future.  See  "MANAGEMENT-Certain  Relationships and
         Related Transactions."
</FN>
</TABLE>

Director Compensation

         With the  exception of Mr. Minix,  who will be paid in cash,  under the
Company's  present  policy,  each  director  of the  Company  who is not also an
employee of the Company will receive  $1,000  payable in shares of Common Stock,
for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended. Directors are also entitled
to be  reimbursed  for expenses  incurred by them in  attending  meetings of the
Board of Directors and its committees.

Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers.

         Pursuant to an agreement effective February 1, 1996, John P. Watkins is
to be employed by the Company for a minimum  period of two years as President of
the Retail Services Group and Chief Administrative  Officer. As compensation for
services  rendered to the Company,  the  agreement  provides for Mr.  Watkins to
receive an annual base salary of $150,000. In addition,  Mr. Watkins is eligible
to receive a pay performance  bonus of up to 50% of his base salary in an amount
which is determined by reference to specified  criteria including total revenue,
net income  and stock  performance.  Mr.  Watkins  has  agreed to  refrain  from
disclosing  information  confidential  to the Company or  engaging,  directly or
indirectly,  in  activities  competitive  to the Company  during the term of his
employment and for two years thereafter.

                                       36
<PAGE>
         The Company has entered into an employment agreement dated as of August
30, 1995 with Robert G. Shupe. Under the terms of the agreement,  Mr. Shupe will
be  employed  by the  Company  subject to  termination  of not less than 30 days
notice,  in exchange for an annual base salary equal to $110,000.  Mr. Shupe has
also agreed to refrain from disclosing  information  confidential to the Company
or engaging  directly or  indirectly in  activities  competitive  to the Company
during the term of his employment and for two years thereafter.

         Under the  terms of a written  agreement  with the  Company,  Dwight L.
DeGolia has agreed to refrain from  disclosing  information  confidential to the
Company or engaging directly or indirectly, in any activity which is competitive
with the business of the Company  during the term of his  employment and for two
years thereafter.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

         From time to time,  the Company and its  predecessors  have  engaged in
various transactions with its directors, executive officers and other affiliated
parties. The following paragraphs summarize certain information  concerning such
transactions  and  relationships  which have occurred during the past two fiscal
years or which are presently proposed.

         Predecessor Transactions

         S. Leslie Flegel,  Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer of the Company
and Dwight L. DeGolia,  Executive Vice President of the Company,  have from time
to time received  cash  advances  from DISC, a subchapter S  predecessor  of the
Company  with  respect to  distribution  of the  Subchapter  S earnings  of such
corporation.  The largest aggregate amount of such  indebtedness  outstanding at
any time since  February 1, 1996 was  $248,675 and $14,618 and at June 30, 1997,
such  outstanding  balances  were $221,485 and $12,093,  respectively.  All such
advances are evidenced by promissory  notes in favor of the Company.  Such notes
bear  interest  at the rate of 7.34% per  annum,  and are  payable in five equal
annual installments.

         PMM,  a  predecessor  of the  Company  incurred  a debt to  Timothy  A.
Braswell, a director of the Company, on March 1, 1991 in the amount of $300,000,
which accrued interest at the rate of 10.00% per annum. The indebtedness matured
on January 1, 1996 and was paid in full on the maturity date.

         On  June  28,  1991,   PMM  entered  into  a  written  lease  with  711
Partnership,  in which Mr. William H. Lee, President and Chief Operating Officer
of the Company,  and Robert G. Shupe, Senior Vice President of the Company,  are
partners,  whereby 711 Partnership leases to the Company certain office space in
High Point, North Carolina.  The lease, as amended in January 1996, provides for
annual rent of $168,072 and expires in 2012. In fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, the
Company paid rent to 711 Partnership of $147,275 and $157,498, respectively.

                                       37
<PAGE>
         2532 Investments,  Inc., a North Carolina  corporation in which Mr. Lee
is a  shareholder,  has  occasionally  provided  the Company  with the use of an
airplane.  In  fiscal  1996,  the  Company  paid  2532  Investments  $57,926  in
consideration for the use of the airplane.

         Under the terms of a written  lease entered into prior to the Company's
acquisition  of  Dixon's  Modern  Marketing  Concepts,  Inc.,  Robert B.  Dixon,
Executive Vice President and President-Periodical  Information Management of the
Company,  provides the Company with office space in Chicago  Heights,  Illinois.
The lease  provides for annual rent of $36,000 and expired on December 31, 1996.
In fiscal  1996 and 1997,  the  Company  paid Mr.  Dixon  $36,000  and  $36,000,
respectively, in rent.

         Company Transactions

         Data-Pros,  Inc. ("Data-Pros"),  a corporation in which Messrs. Lee and
Shupe are shareholders,  provided the Company with data processing services.  In
fiscal  1996 and  1997,  the  Company  paid  Data-Pros  $306,751  and  $274,893,
respectively,  for such services.  On January 1, 1997, the Company purchased the
assets of Data-Pros for $45,000.

         On March 11, 1996, the Company sold an aggregate of 5,000 shares of its
Preferred Stock in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act, to Mr. Braswell,  Harry L. Franc, a director of the Company, and
Aron Katzman,  a director of the Company.  Messrs.  Braswell,  Franc and Katzman
purchased  2,250,  500 and 2,250  shares,  respectively.  The  Company  received
payment  for the shares  from each of the  purchasers  in the amount of $100 per
share.

         James Looman,  a shareholder and employee of the Company,  provides the
Company with office space in Canton,  Ohio,  under the terms of a written  lease
dated June 1, 1996.  The lease  provides  for annual rent of $24,000.  In fiscal
1997, the Company paid Mr. Looman $14,000 in rent.

                                       38
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

         The following table sets forth certain information as of June 17, 1997,
concerning the beneficial  ownership of the Company's  Common Stock by: (i) each
person known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent
of the  outstanding  Common  Stock,  (ii) all  directors,  (iii) each  executive
officer named in the Summary  Compensation  Table contained in this  Prospectus,
and (iv) all directors and  executive  officers of the Company as a group.  Each
person  named has sole voting and  investment  power with  respect to the shares
indicated, except as otherwise stated in the notes to the table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Beneficial Ownership       Number of Shares      Beneficial Ownership
                                                     Prior to Offering        Being Offered(a)      After the Offering(a)
                                                     -----------------        ----------------      ---------------------
 Name and Address
of Beneficial Owner                                 Amount        Percent                             Amount      Percent
- -------------------                                 ------        -------                             ------      -------
<S>                                               <C>               <C>              <C>             <C>            <C> 
S. Leslie Flegel                                  1,443,471         24.8             82,000(b)       1,361,471      17.1
   11644 Lilburn Park Road
   St. Louis, Missouri 63146

William H. Lee                                    1,095,616         18.8                 -           1,095,616      13.8
   711 Gallimore Dairy Road
   High Point, North Carolina 27265

Timothy A. Braswell                                 472,893          8.1                 -             472,893       6.0
   711 Gallimore Dairy Road
   High Point, North Carolina 27265

Cameron Capital Ltd.                              383,902(c)         6.4                 -           383,902(c)      4.8
   10 Cavendish Road
   Hamilton, HM 19, Bermuda

Robert B. Dixon                                     248,760          4.3             100,000           148,760       1.9
   907 Park Drive
   Flossmoor, Illinois 60422


                                       39

<PAGE>
Dwight L. DeGolia                                   149,917          2.6                 -             149,917       1.9
   11644 Lilburn Park Road
   St. Louis, Missouri 63146

Aron Katzman                                        129,044          2.2                 -             129,044       1.6
   10 Layton Terrace
   St. Louis, Missouri 63124

John P. Watkins                                    33,058(d)         *                   -            33,058(d)      *
   711 Gallimore Dairy Road
   High Point, North Carolina  27265

Harry L. Franc, III                                  29,255          *                   -              29,255       *
   19 Briarcliff
   St. Louis, Missouri 63124

Randall S. Minix                                      5,785          *                   -               5,785       *
   5502 White Blossom Drive
   Greensboro, North Carolina 27410

All directors and                                 3,791,375         65.1              182,000        3,609,375      45.4
executive officers
as a group  (11 persons)

<FN>
   *Less than 1%

(a)      These  shares  will be sold only upon  exercise  of the  Over-Allotment
         Option.  If the  Over-Allotment  Option is not  exercised in full,  the
         first  shares  offered  will be sold by Mr.  Flegel and any  additional
         shares   subject   to  the   Over-Allotment   Option   will   be   sold
         proportionately by the remaining Selling Shareholders and the Company.

(b)      All of the proceeds from the sale of such shares will be used to retire
         the indebtedness of Mr. Flegel to the Company. Accordingly, the Company
         will receive the proceeds from the sale of these shares.

(c)      Includes  137,740  shares  of  Common  Stock  which  are or may  become
         issuable to Cameron  Capital,  Ltd. upon  conversion of 5,000 shares of
         Preferred  Stock  calculated  based on the Market Value (as defined) of
         the Common Stock as of June 17, 1997.

(d)      Includes exercisable options to acquire 33,057  shares of  Common Stock
         at an exercise price of $5.60 per share.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       40
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Authorized and Outstanding Capital Stock

         The Company's  Articles of Incorporation  (the "Articles")  provide for
authorized  capital of 22,000,000  shares,  consisting  of 20,000,000  shares of
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
$0.01 par value per share.  Prior to  consummation  of this offering,  5,825,784
shares of Common Stock and 5,600 shares of Preferred Stock were outstanding. The
following  summary  description of the capital stock of the Company is qualified
in its entirety by reference to the Articles.
Common Stock

         The  holders  of Common  Stock are  entitled  to cast one vote for each
share of record on all  matters to be voted on by  shareholders,  including  the
election  of  directors.  The  Company's  Articles  (and  Bylaws)  provide for a
classified  Board of Directors with three classes  serving  staggered three year
terms so that  approximately  one-third of the directors will be elected at each
annual meeting.  This provision could have the effect of delaying,  deferring or
preventing a change in control of the  Company.  Subject to payment or provision
for full cumulative  dividends in respect of any outstanding shares of preferred
stocks,  the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive  dividends when and
if declared by the Board of Directors  out of legally  available  funds.  In the
event of  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company,
the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to share  ratably in all  remaining
assets  available for  distribution to them after the payment of liabilities and
after  provision has been made for each class of stock,  including the Preferred
Stock,  having  preference  over the Common  Stock.  Holders of shares of Common
Stock, as such, have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights, and
there are no redemption  provisions  generally applicable to the Common Stock. A
holder of 91,938  shares of Common Stock has been granted an option to sell such
shares  to the  Company  at a  purchase  price of $4.84  per  share  subject  to
adjustment.

Preferred Stock

         The Company is authorized to issue up to 2,000,000  shares of Preferred
Stock.  The Board of Directors has the authority to issue Preferred Stock in one
or more series and to fix the number of shares constituting any such series, the
voting powers, designations,  preferences and relative, participating,  optional
or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof,
including the dividend rights,  dividend rate,  terms of redemption,  redemption
price or prices, conversion and voting rights and liquidation preferences of the
shares  constituting  any  series,  without  any  further  vote or action by the
shareholders  of the Company.  The  issuance of Preferred  Stock by the Board of
Directors  could  adversely  affect the rights of holders of Common  Stock.  For
example,  issuance of  Preferred  Stock could  result in a series of  securities
outstanding  that would have  preferences  over the Common Stock with respect to
dividends and in liquidation and that could (upon conversion or otherwise) enjoy
all of the rights appurtenant to the Common Stock.

                                       41
<PAGE>
         The  authority  possessed  by the Board of Director to issue  Preferred
Stock  could  potentially  be used to  discourage  attempts  by others to obtain
control  of  the  Company  through  merger,   tender  offer,  proxy  or  consent
solicitation  or otherwise  by making such attempt more  difficult to achieve or
more  costly.   The  Board  of  Directors  may  issue  Preferred  Stock  without
shareholder  approval  and with voting  rights that could  adversely  affect the
voting power of holders of Common Stock.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

         The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Preferred Stock and the Common
Stock is ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.

         CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

         The  Articles  and Bylaws of the  Company  contain  certain  provisions
regarding the rights and privileges of stockholders,  some of which may have the
effect of discouraging  certain types of transactions  that involve an actual or
threatened change of control of the Company, diminishing the opportunities for a
stockholder to participate in tender offers,  including tender offers at a price
above the then current market value of the Common Stock or over a  stockholder's
cost basis in the Common Stock, and inhibiting  fluctuations in the market price
of the Common Stock that could result from takeover  attempts.  These provisions
of the Articles and Bylaws are summarized below.

Size of Board, Election of Directors and Classified Board

         The Articles  provide that the number of Directors  shall be fixed from
time to time as  provided  in the  Bylaws.  The Bylaws  provide for a minimum of
three and a maximum of nine persons to serve on the Board, with an initial board
of three  directors.  The number of Directors may be increased or decreased by a
resolution  adopted  by the  affirmative  vote of a majority  of the Board.  The
Articles  further provide that the Board may amend the Bylaws by action taken in
accordance  with such  Bylaws,  except to the extent that any matters  under the
Articles or applicable law are specifically reserved to the shareholders.

         The Bylaws provide that the Board will be divided into three classes of
Directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and one
of each such classes shall be elected each year to serve for a three-year term.

                                       42

<PAGE>
Shareholder Nominations and Proposals

         The  Company's  Bylaws  provide for  advance  notice  requirements  for
shareholder  nominations  and  proposals  at  annual  meetings  of the  Company.
Shareholders may nominate  Directors or submit other proposals only upon written
notice to the Company not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days prior to the
date of the notice to  shareholders  of the previous  year's annual  meeting.  A
shareholder's  notice  also must  contain  certain  additional  information,  as
specified in the Bylaws. The Board may reject any proposals that are not made in
accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in the Bylaws or that are not proper
subjects of shareholder  action in accordance  with the provisions of applicable
law.

Calling Shareholder Meetings; Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting

         Matters to be acted upon by the  shareholders  at special  meetings are
limited to those which are specified in the notice thereof. A special meeting of
shareholders  may be called  by the  Board of  Directors,  the  Chairman  or the
President of the Company.  As required by Missouri law, the Bylaws  provide that
any  action by  written  consent of  shareholders  in lieu of a meeting  must be
signed by the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock.

         The  foregoing  provisions  contained  in the  Articles  and Bylaws are
designed in part to make it more difficult and time consuming to obtain majority
control  of the  Board of  Directors  or  otherwise  to  bring a  matter  before
shareholders   without  the  Board's  consent,   and  therefore  to  reduce  the
vulnerability  of  the  Company  to  an  unsolicited  takeover  proposal.  These
provisions  are  designed  to enable the  Company to develop  its  business in a
manner which will foster its long-term  growth  without the threat of a takeover
not  deemed  by the Board to be in the best  interests  of the  Company  and its
shareholders, and to reduce, to the extent practicable, the potential disruption
entailed by such a threat.  However, these provisions may have an adverse effect
on the ability of  shareholders  to influence the  governance of the Company and
the possibility of  shareholders  receiving a premium above the market price for
their securities from a potential acquirer who is unfriendly to management.

                                       43
<PAGE>
Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         Sections 351.355(1) and (2) of The General and Business Corporation Law
of the State of Missouri provide that a corporation may indemnify any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action,  suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was
a director,  officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving
at the request of the corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other  enterprise,
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,  fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with
such  action,  suit or  proceeding  if the  person  acted in good faith and in a
manner  the  person  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to the best
interests  of the  corporation  and,  with  respect  to any  criminal  action or
proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to  believe  such  person's  conduct  was
unlawful,  except  that,  in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of
the  corporation,  the  corporation  may  not  indemnify  such  persons  against
judgments and fines and no person shall be indemnified as to any claim, issue or
matter as to which  such  person  shall  have  been  adjudged  to be liable  for
negligence  or  misconduct  in the  performance  of  the  person's  duty  to the
corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or
suit was  brought  determines  upon  application  that such person is fairly and
reasonably  entitled  to  indemnity  for  proper  expenses.  Section  351.355(3)
provides that, to the extent that a director,  officer, employee or agent of the
corporation  has been  successful  in the  defense of any such  action,  suit or
proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the person shall
be  indemnified  against  expenses,  including  attorney's  fees,  actually  and
reasonably  incurred  by such person in  connection  with such  action,  suit or
proceeding.   Section  351.355(7)   provides  that  a  corporation  may  provide
additional  indemnification to any person  indemnifiable under subsection (1) of
(2), provided such additional indemnification is authorized by the corporation's
articles of incorporation or an amendment  thereto or by a  shareholder-approved
bylaw or  agreement,  and  provided  further  that no person  shall  thereby  be
indemnified  against  conduct which was finally  adjudged to have been knowingly
fraudulent,  deliberately  dishonest or willful  misconduct or which involves an
accounting for profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.  Paragraph
9 of the Articles of  Incorporation  of the Company permits the Company to enter
into  agreements with its directors,  officers,  employees and agents to provide
such  indemnification as deemed appropriate.  Paragraph 9 also provides that the
Company may extend to its directors and executive officers such  indemnification
and additional indemnification.

         The Company has entered into an indemnification agreements with certain
of its  directors and officers.  The form of indemnity  agreement  provides that
each such person will be indemnified to the full extent  permitted by applicable
law  against  all  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),  judgments,   fines,
penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, on account of his services as a director and officer

                                       44

<PAGE>
of the Company or any other  company or enterprise in which he is serving at the
request of the Company,  or as a guarantor  of any debt of the  Company.  To the
extent the  indemnification  provided under the agreement exceeds that permitted
by applicable law, indemnification may be unenforceable or may be limited to the
extent it is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to public
policy.

         The Company may procure and maintain a policy of insurance  under which
the directors and officers of the Company will be insured, subject to the limits
of the policy,  against  certain  losses  arising  from claims made against such
directors  and  officers by reason of any acts or omissions  covered  under such
policy in their respective capacities as directors or officers.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise,  the Company has been
advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such
indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         Upon  completion of this  offering,  the Company will have  outstanding
7,825,784  of Common  Stock.  Of the  shares,  approximately  4,019,813  shares,
including  those offered for sale in this  offering,  will be tradeable  without
restriction  under the Securities Act. The remaining  3,805,971 shares of Common
Stock held by existing  shareholders are "restricted" within the meaning of Rule
144.  Subject to compliance  with the provisions of Rule 144, all of such shares
presently  are  eligible for sale to the public,  notwithstanding  the fact that
such shares have not been registered under the Securities Act.

         In general,  under Rule 144 as currently in effect, an affiliate of the
Company,  or  a  person  (or  persons  whose  shares  are  aggregated)  who  has
beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year but less than two
years,  will be  entitled to sell in any  three-month  period a number of shares
that does not exceed the  greater  of (i) 1% of the then  outstanding  shares of
common stock  (approximately  78,258 shares  immediately after this offering) or
(ii)  the  average   weekly  trading  volume  during  the  four  calendar  weeks
immediately  preceding  the date on which  notice  of the sales  filed  with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are subject to
certain  requirements  relating to manner of sale,  notice and  availability  of
current  information  about the Company.  A person (or persons  whose shares are
aggregated)  who is not deemed to have been an  affiliate  of the Company at any
time during the 90 days immediately  preceding the sale and who has beneficially
owned his or her shares for at least three years is entitled to sell such shares
pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described above.

                                       45
<PAGE>
         In accordance  with the provisions of an agreement which each director,
executive officer or holder of more than 5% of the Common Stock must execute and
deliver  to the  Representative  as a  condition  to the  consummation  of  this
offering,  certain restrictions  prohibiting the sale of the 4,037,534 shares of
Common Stock held by such persons will be imposed.  The restrictions  imposed by
these  agreements will remain in effect for a period of 12 months  following the
date of this Prospectus, after which the restrictions on resale will lapse as to
25% of such shares each successive quarter. The agreements to be executed by the
existing  directors,  officers,  and  shareholders  of the Company  will have no
effect on the date on which shares  become  eligible  for sale  pursuant to Rule
144.

                                  UNDERWRITING

         The Underwriters  named below, for whom Donald & Co. Securities Inc. is
acting as representative (the "Representative"),  have severally agreed, subject
to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement, to purchase from the
Company a total of  2,000,000  shares of Common  Stock.  The number of shares of
Common Stock that each  Underwriter has agreed to purchase is set forth opposite
its name:

                                                      Number of
             Underwriter                               Shares
 
     Donald & Co. Securities Inc.

                Total                                 2,000,000


         The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that  the  obligations  of  the
Underwriters  are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel to the
Underwriters and various other conditions  precedent,  and that the Underwriters
are  obligated  to purchase  all of the shares of Common  Stock  offered by this
Prospectus (other than the shares of Common Stock covered by the  over-allotment
option described below), if any are purchased.

         The  Company  has  been   advised  by  the   Representative   that  the
Underwriters  propose to offer the  shares of Common  Stock to the public at the
initial  offering  price set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus  and to
certain dealers (who may include  Underwriters)  at that price less a concession
not in excess of $ _____ per share of Common Stock.  The Underwriters may allow,
and such dealers may reallow,  a concession not in excess of $_____ per share of
Common Stock to certain other dealers.  After the initial public  offering,  the
offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Representative.

         The  Representative  has informed the Company that the  Underwriters do
not intend to confirm sales to accounts  over which they exercise  discretionary
authority.

         The Company has granted to the  Representative  an option,  exercisable
during the 45-day period after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase from the
Company  at  the  offering   price,   less   underwriting   discounts   and  the
nonaccountable  expense  allowance,  up to an  aggregate  of 150,000  additional
shares of Common Stock for the sole purpose of covering over-allotments, if any.

         The Company has agreed to indemnify the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

                                       46
<PAGE>
         The  Company has also  agreed to pay to the  Representative  an expense
allowance on a  nonaccountable  basis equal to 2% of the gross proceeds  derived
from the sale of the shares of Common Stock underwritten  (including the sale of
any  shares of  Common  Stock  subject  to the  Representative's  over-allotment
option), $25,000 of which has been paid to date.

         The Company has granted the  Representative for a period of three years
from the date hereof the right to have the Representative's  designee present at
all meetings of the  Company's  Board of Directors  and each of its  committees.
Such  designee will be entitled to the same notices and  communications  sent by
the Company to its directors and to attend directors' and committees'  meetings,
but will not be entitled to vote thereat. Such designee will also be entitled to
receive the same  compensation  payable to directors as members of the Board and
its  committees and all  reasonable  expenses in attending  such  meetings.  The
Representative has not named such designee as of the date of this Prospectus.

         In connection with this offering, the Company has agreed to sell to the
Representative,  for  nominal  consideration,  the  right to  purchase  up to an
aggregate of 200,000 shares of Common Stock (the  "Representative's  Warrants").
The Representative's  Warrants are exercisable  initially at $_____ per share of
Common Stock (the  "Exercise  Price") for a period of four years  commencing one
year from the date hereof. The  Representative's  Warrants contain  antidilution
provisions providing for adjustment of the Exercise Price upon the occurrence of
certain  events,  including  (i) the  issuance of Common  Stock,  or  securities
exercisable or convertible  into Common Stock, at a price less than the Exercise
Price and (ii) any  recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock dividend,  stock
split,   stock   combination   or  similar   transaction.   In   addition,   the
Representative's Warrants grant to the holders thereof certain demand and "piggy
back"  rights for periods of four and six years,  respectively,  commencing  one
year from the date of this Prospectus with respect to the registration under the
Securities   Act  of  the  Common   Stock   issuable   upon   exercise   of  the
Representative's Warrants.

         The Company has agreed that, upon the consummation of this offering, it
will enter into a two year  consulting  agreement with the  Representative.  The
consulting  agreement will not require the  Representative  to devote a specific

                                       47

<PAGE>
amount of time in the  performance  of its duties  thereunder.  Pursuant to such
agreement,  the Representative  will provide the Company with investment banking
and  financial  consulting  services  at the rate of  $3,000  per  month for the
twenty-four months subsequent to the consummation of this offering (an aggregate
of $72,000).  Such services will include,  among other matters,  consulting with
the  Company's  management  with  respect to  stockholder  relations,  corporate
expansion  and  long-term  financing.  In  the  event  that  the  Representative
originates  a  financing  or a  merger,  acquisition,  joint  venture  or  other
transaction to which the Company is a party, the Representative will be entitled
to receive a fee in consideration for the origination of such transaction.

         The Company has  granted the  Representative  for a period of two years
from the date hereof the right of first  refusal  with respect to its public and
private securities offerings.

         The offering price of the Common Stock was  determined by  negotiations
among the Company and the  Representative,  based in part upon the market  price
for the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq SmallCap.

         In connection  with this  offering,  certain  Underwriters  and selling
group  members  (if any) who are  qualified  market  makers on The Nasdaq  Stock
Market may engage in passive market making  transactions  in the Common Stock on
The Nasdaq Stock Market in  accordance  with Rule 103 of  Regulation M under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  during the [5]  business  day[s]
prior to the pricing of the offering before the  commencement of offers or sales
of the Common Stock.  Passive market makers must comply with  applicable  volume
and price  limitations  and must be identified  as such.  In general,  a passive
market  maker  must  display  its bid at a price not in  excess  of the  highest
independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the
passive market maker's bid, however,  such bid must then be lowered when certain
purchase limits are exceeded.

         Certain persons  participating in this offering may overallot or effect
transactions  which stabilize,  maintain or otherwise affect the market price of
the Common Stock at levels above those which might otherwise prevail in the open
market,  including by entering  stabilizing bids or effecting syndicate covering
transactions. A stabilizing bid means the placing of any bid or effecting of any
purchase,  for the purpose of pegging,  fixing or  maintaining  the price of the
common stock. A syndicate  covering  transaction means the placing of any bid on
behalf of the underwriting  syndicate or the effecting of any purchase to reduce
a short position created in connection with the offering.  Such transactions may
be effected on The Nasdaq  Stock  Market,  in the  over-the-counter  market,  or
otherwise. Such stabilizing, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

                                       48
<PAGE>
                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         The validity of the  Securities  offered hereby and certain other legal
matters in connection  with the sale of the shares of Securities  offered hereby
will be passed  upon for the  Company by  Gallop,  Johnson & Neuman,  L.C.,  St.
Louis, Missouri.  Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed
upon for the Underwriters by Parker Duryee Rosoff & Haft.

                                     EXPERTS

         The financial  statements of the Company as of January 31, 1997 and for
the fiscal years ending January 31, 1996 and 1997 included in the Prospectus and
the  Registration   Statement  and  the  financial  schedules  included  in  the
Registration  Statement  have been so  included in reliance on the report of BDO
Seidman, LLP, independent certified public accountants given on the authority of
said Firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The  Company  is  subject  to  the  informational  requirements  of the
Securities  Exchange of 1934 as amended (the "Exchange  Act"), and in accordance
therewith files reports,  proxy or information  statements and other information
with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission").  Such reports,
proxy or  information  statements  and other  information  can be inspected  and
copied at the  public  reference  facilities  maintained  by the  Commission  at
Judiciary Plaza, Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549, and
at the following Regional Offices of the Commission: 7 World Trade Center, Suite
1500, New York, New York 10048; and Northwestern Atrium Center,  Suite 1400, 500
West Madison Street,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies of such material can be
obtained at prescribed rates from the public reference section of the Commission
at 450 Fifth Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or retrieved electronically via
the internet at the  Commission's  web site  (http://www.sec.gov).  In addition,
reports,  proxy statements and other  information  concerning the Company may be
inspected  at the  offices  of the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market,  1735 K Street  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20549 on which the Common  Stock is quoted.  The  Company has
filed  with  the  Commission  a  registration  statement  on Form  SB-2  herein,
(together  with all amendments  and exhibits,  referred to as the  "Registration
Statement")  under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to the
shares of Common Stock offered  hereby.  This Prospectus does not contain all of
the information set forth in the Registration Statement,  certain parts of which
are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission.  For
further  information,  reference is hereby made to the  Registration  Statement.
Statements   contained  herein   concerning  the  provisions  of  documents  are
necessarily  summaries of such documents and each such statement is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the copy of the applicable  document filed with the
Commission.


                                       49

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                        Page
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

         Unaudited Balance Sheet as of April 30, 1997

         Unaudited Statements of Operations for the three
         months ended April 30, 1997 and 1996

         Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows for the three
         months ended April 30, 1997 and 1996

         Notes to Financial Statements

Audited Financial Statements

         Independent Auditors' Report

         Balance Sheet as of January 31, 1997

         Statements of Operations for the fiscal years
         ended January 31, 1997 and 1996

         Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years
         ended January 31, 1997 and 1996

         Summary of Accounting Policies

         Notes to Financial Statements

                                       F-1

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                             Unaudited Balance Sheet

                                                                  April 30, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets (Note 3)

Current

     Cash                                                          $     78,816

     Trade receivables (net of allowance for doubtful 
       accounts of $312,940) (Note 5)                                13,559,544

     Notes receivable - officers (Note 2)                               108,530

     Other current assets                                               182,762
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current Assets                                                 13,929,652
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office equipment and furniture                                        1,888,713

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                        1,250,554
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Office Equipment and Furniture                                      638,159
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Assets

     Notes receivable - officers (Note 2)                               125,048

     Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization 
       of $90,325                                                     1,004,708

     Other                                                              192,791
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Other Assets                                                    1,322,547
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   $ 15,890,358

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements

                                       F-2

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                             Unaudited Balance Sheet

                                                                  April 30, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Current

     Checks issued against future deposits                              793,358

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses                              389,177

     Due to retailers (Note 6)                                          188,303

     Income tax payable (Note 7)                                        154,466

     Deferred income taxes (Note 7)                                      20,000

     Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 3)                       70,816

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current Liabilities                                             1,616,120
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term Debt, less current maturities (Note 3)                      9,701,166
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Income Taxes  (Note 7)                                         145,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Liabilities                                                    11,462,286
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitments and Contingencies
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redeemable Preferred Stock, $.01 par - shares authorized, 
  2,000,000; outstanding, 5,600 (Note 8)                                522,506

Redeemable Common Stock
  111,245 shares outstanding                                            503,820
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      1,026,326
Stockholders' Equity
  Common Stock, $.01 par - shares authorized,
    20,000,000; outstanding 6,937,954                                    69,379
  Additional paid-in-capital                                          2,764,646
  Retained earnings                                                     567,721 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Stockholders' Equity                                            3,401,746
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    $15,890,358


                 See accompanying notes to financial statements

                                       F-3

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY


                       Unaudited Statements of Operations


Three Months Ended April 30,                            1997            1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Revenues                                  $  2,519,531      $ 1,424,030
Merchandise Revenues                                     8,348           29,938
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     2,527,879        1,453,968
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cost of Service Revenues                             1,261,226        1,204,838
Cost of Merchandise Sold                                32,720                0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1,293,946        1,204,838
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1,233,933          249,130
Gross Profit
Selling, General and Administrative Expense            527,786          876,902
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Income (Loss)                                706,147        (627,772)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Income (Expense)
            Interest income                              6,258            8,956
            Interest expense                         (202,136)         (42,322)
            Other                                     (19,142)          (5,955)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Other Income (Expense)                         (215,020)         (39,321)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes                      491,127        (667,093)
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) (Note 7)                  235,000        (196,864)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income (Loss)                                 $    256,127      $ (470,229)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (Loss) per Share - Primary 
  and Fully Diluted                               $       0.04      $    (0.07)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average of Shares Outstanding - 
   Primary and Fully Diluted                         7,154,635        6,379,900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                 See accompanying notes to financial statements

                                       F-4

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                   THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                       Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

<CAPTION>

Three Months Ended April 30,                                                              1997                    1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>                     <C>  
Operating Activities
     Net income (loss)                                                                $   256,127             $ (470,229)
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to
       cash used in operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization                                                    77,165                  44,566
          Provision for losses on accounts receivable                                    (10,647)                (16,376)
          Impairment of investment in limited partnership                                   5,000                   5,000
          Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance                             (21,027)                       -
          Deferred income taxes                                                          (32,000)                (41,000)
          Changes in assets and liabilities:
              (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable                                (626,159)                 327,263
              Decrease (increase) in other assets                                         119,365               (307,540)
              Decrease in checks issued against future deposits                       (2,432,310)                       -
              Decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses                          (15,798)               (525,698)
              (Decrease) increase in amounts due customers                               (11,272)                 111,571
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Used in Operating Activities                                                     (2,691,556)               (872,443)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Activities

     Loan to affiliate                                                                    (9,843)                       -
     Loans to officers                                                                          -                (54,034)
     Collections on notes receivable                                                            -                   3,417
     Proceeds from surrender of life insurance policies                                    83,959                       -
     Capital expenditures                                                               (115,079)                (53,559)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Used in Investing Activities                                                        (40,963)               (104,176)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financing Activities
     Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock                                                     -                  30,000
     Proceeds from issuance of Preferred Stock                                                  -               1,922,075
     Borrowings under credit facility                                                   9,740,000                       -
     Principal payments on credit facility                                            (7,168,000)                (19,714)
     Borrowings under short-term debt agreements                                                -                 311,000
     Repayments under short-term debt agreements                                         (16,035)               (217,000)
     Registration costs                                                                  (29,548)                       -
     Preferred Stock dividends                                                                (3)                       -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Provided by Financing Activities                                                   2,526,414               2,026,361
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Decrease) Increase in Cash                                                             (206,105)               1,049,742

Cash, beginning of period                                                                 284,921                  23,828
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash, end of period                                                                   $    78,816             $ 1,073,570
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 See accompanying notes to financial statements

</TABLE>
                                       F-5

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                     Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements




1.     Unaudited Financial    
       Statements              In  the  opinion  of  management,  the  unaudited
                               financial   information  as  of  April  30,  1997
                               contained   herein   reflects   all   adjustments
                               (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments)
                               necessary to fairly  present such  information in
                               accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
                               principles.  The  results of  operations  for the
                               three   months  ended  April  30,  1997  are  not
                               necessarily  indicative  of  the  results  to  be
                               expected for the entire year.

2.     Related Party
       Transactions            The Company purchased $110,000 in data processing
                               services from an employment service company owned
                               by certain  officers  of the  Company  during the
                               three months  ended April 30,  1996.  The Company
                               acquired  this  employment  service  company  for
                               $45,000 on January 1, 1997.

                               One of the  Company's  stockholders  also  owns a
                               majority of the stock of FMG, Inc.,  primarily an
                               investing company. At April 30, 1996, the Company
                               had a  receivable  from FMG of  $53,171  at prime
                               plus .5%. The receivable was collected in full on
                               November 5, 1996.

                               The Company currently leases certain office space
                               from businesses controlled by stockholders of the
                               Company.  Amounts  paid for the office space were
                               approximately  $57,300  and $46,600 for the three
                               months   ended   April   30,   1997   and   1996,
                               respectively.  The Company occasionally  charters
                               an airplane  owned by a partnership  in which one
                               of the Company's  stockholders  owns an interest.
                               Amounts paid to the  partnership  were $2,700 and
                               $0 for the three  months ended April 30, 1997 and
                               1996, respectively.

                               Certain  officers of the company,  have from time
                               to time, received cash advances from the Company.
                               The officers  executed  promissory notes in favor
                               of  the  Company  in  the  aggregate  amounts  of
                               $233,578. Such notes bear interest at the rate of
                               7.34% per annum.


3.     Long-term               Long-term debt consists of:
       Debt and
       Revolving Credit
       Facility                April 30,                                 1997
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Revolving Credit Facility              $9,696,000
                               
                               Unsecured    note    payable    to
                               stockholder   (former   owner   of
                               Magazine     Marketing,     Inc.),
                               non-interest  bearing,  payable in
                               eight  quarterly  installments  of
                               $10,000,  discounted  based on the
                               Company's effective borrowing rate         37,790

                               Obligations under capital lease            38,192
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Total Long-term Debt                    9,771,982
                               Less current maturities                    70,816
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Long-term Debt                         $9,701,166
                               -------------------------------------------------

                               F-6

<PAGE>
            THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

             Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

                                    
                               The  Company  has an  agreement  providing  for a
                               revolving  loan up to  $12,500,000.  The bank has
                               the right to  terminate  the  agreement  upon not
                               less than thirteen  months prior written  notice.
                               Borrowings bear interest at a rate related to the
                               monthly   LIBOR  index  rate  plus  a  percentage
                               ranging  from  2.5% to 3.5%,  depending  upon the
                               ratio of funded debt to earnings before interest,
                               taxes, depreciation and amortization (effectively
                               9.1875%  at  April  30,  1997).   Borrowings  are
                               secured by  personal  guarantees  of  Messrs.  S.
                               Leslie  Flegel  and  William  H.  Lee  and  their
                               spouses   and   by   a   security   interest   in
                               substantially  all the Company's assets including
                               receivables,   inventory,  equipment,  goods  and
                               fixtures,  software,  contract rights, notes, and
                               general intangibles.

                               The revolving loan agreement requires the Company
                               to maintain  certain ratios and a specified level
                               of net worth, restricts payment of dividends, and
                               limits additional  indebtedness.  The Company was
                               in compliance with such ratios at April 30, 1997.


4.     Supplemental Cash     
       Flow Information        Supplemental  information  on interest and income
                               taxes paid is as follows:


                               Three Months Ended 
                               April 30,                1997           1996
                               -------------------------------------------------

                               Interest Paid        $  173,000    $   41,000

                               Income Taxes Paid 
                               (Refunded)           $ (59,000)    $  222,000
                               -------------------------------------------------

                               On  February  28,  1997,  7,721  shares of Common
                               Stock were issued as a dividend to the  Preferred
                               Stockholders as of that date.


5.     Advance Pay    
       Program                 The  Company  has   established  an  Advance  Pay
                               Program.  Under this program the Company advances
                               an  agreed  upon   percentage  of  the  incentive
                               payments otherwise due the retailer from magazine
                               publishers  upon  quarterly  submission of claims
                               for such payments.  The claims  otherwise due the
                               retailer  become  due the  Company.  Included  in
                               trade   receivables   at   April   30,   1997  is
                               $11,821,316 due the Company under the Advance Pay
                               Program  (net  of  $2,682,766   due  the  program
                               participants).   Income   from  the  program  was
                               approximately  $809,000 and  $277,000  during the
                               three  months  ended  April  30,  1997 and  1996,
                               respectively.


                                       F-7

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                     Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements


6.     Due to Retailers        The Company has arrangements  with certain of its
                               customers  whereby the Company is  authorized  to
                               collect and deposit in its own  accounts,  checks
                               payable to its customers for incentive  payments.
                               The Company  retains the service  revenue related
                               to  such  payments  and  pays  the  customer  the
                               difference.  The Company owes retailers  $188,303
                               at April 30, 1997 under such arrangements.

7.     Income Taxes            Provision  for  federal  and state  income  taxes
                               (benefit) in the statements of operations consist
                               of the following components:


                               Quarter Ended
                               April 30,                 1997          1996
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Current
                                 Federal             $  213,000     $ (113,488)
                                 State                   54,000        (42,376)
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Total Current            267,000       (155,864)
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Deferred
                                 Federal               (26,000)        (36,000)
                                 State                  (6,000)         (5,000)
                               -------------------------------------------------
                                                       (32,000)        (41,000)
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Total Income Tax
                                (Benefit) Expense    $  235,000     $ (196,864)




                               Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects
                               of  temporary  differences  between the  carrying
                               amount  of  the   assets  and   liabilities   for
                               financial reporting purposes and the amounts used
                               for  income  tax  purposes.  The  sources  of the
                               temporary   differences   and  their   effect  on
                               deferred taxes are as follows:


                               April 30,                                1997
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Deferred Tax Assets
                                 Allowance for doubtful accounts      $ 122,000
                                 Deferred compensation                   18,000
                                 Other                                   12,000
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Total Deferred Tax Assets                152,000
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Deferred Tax Liabilities 
                                 Income not previously taxed
                                 under cash basis of accounting 
                                 for income tax purposes                274,000
                                 Depreciation                            26,000
                                 Other                                   17,000
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Total Deferred Tax Liabilities           317,000
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Net Deferred Tax Liability               165,000
                               -------------------------------------------------


                                       F-8

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                     Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements


                               Classified as:

                               Current                                   20,000
                               Non-current                              145,000
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Net Deferred Tax Liability            $  165,000
                               -------------------------------------------------
     
                               The following summary  reconciles income taxes at
                               the  maximum  federal  statutory  rate  with  the
                               effective  rate for the first  quarters of fiscal
                               1998 and 1997:


                               Quarter Ended April 30,      1997        1996
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Income tax expense 
                                (benefit) at statutory 
                                rate                     $167,000     $(226,000)

                               State income tax expense 
                                (benefit), net of
                                federal income tax 
                                benefit                    36,000       (27,000)

                               Non-deductible meals 
                                and entertainment          10,000        15,000

                               Non-deductible goodwill
                                amortization               10,000         1,000

                               Non-deductible officers'
                                life insurance              4,000        10,000

                               Other, net                   8,000        30,136
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Income Tax Expense 
                                (Benefit)                $235,000     $(196,864)
                               

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
8.     Subsequent Events       On May 30, 1997, the Company  acquired all of the
                               stock of Mike Kessler and Associates,  Inc. (MKA)
                               for  $2,500,000  of which  $350,000 was paid upon
                               closing.  The balance is due January 5, 1998 with
                               interest  at  6.25%.   Wachovia   Bank  of  North
                               Carolina,  N.A. issued a standby letter of credit
                               for  $2,231,912  for the  benefit  of the  former
                               owner of MKA  covering  the  period  from May 30,
                               1997  through   January  31,  1998.   The  seller
                               operated  MKA  as  a  business   engaged  in  the
                               collection  of  retail  display   allowances  for
                               retail  store  chains.  The  Company  intends  to
                               continue the operation of such business.

                               Subsequent  to April 30, 1997,  the Company began
                               the process of filing a preliminary  registration
                               statement   with  the   Securities  and  Exchange
                               Commission. This statement is being filed for the
                               purpose of selling approximately 2,300,000 shares
                               of Common  Stock.  The  Company  anticipates  the
                               aggregate  selling price of all the securities to
                               approximate  $9,200,000.  The proposed issue date
                               of  these   securities   is  expected  to  be  in
                               September, 1997.

                               On  July  1,  1997,  the  Company's  shareholders
                               approved a plan which gave the Board of Directors
                               the  authority  to  execute a 1 for 1.21  reverse
                               stock split. As of the financial statement report
                               date,  the Board of  Directors  have not effected
                               the reverse stock split.

                               In  July,   1997,   the  Company   exchanged  all
                               outstanding  shares of the Company's  1996 Series
                               7% Cumulative  Convertible Preferred Stock for an
                               aggregate of 225,866 shares of Common Stock.


                                       F-10
<PAGE>
Independent Auditors' Report




Board of Directors
The Source Information Management Company
St. Louis, Missouri

We have audited the balance sheet of The Source  Information  Management Company
as of January 31, 1997 and the related  statements of operations,  stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended  January 31,
1997.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  The  Source  Information
Management Company at January 31, 1997 and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the two years in the period  ended  January  31,  1997 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



BDO Seidman, LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
March 27, 1997

                                      F-11

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                  Balance Sheet

                                                               January 31, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets (Note 4)
Current
  Cash                                                           $    284,921
  Trade receivables (net of allowance for doubtful 
   accounts of $323,587) (Note 11)                                 12,922,738
  Income taxes receivable (Note 8)                                    171,305
  Notes receivable - officers (Notes 1 and 2)                          58,395
  Other current assets                                                 87,306
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current Assets                                               13,524,665
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office equipment and furniture (Note 5)                             1,823,004
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                      1,191,668
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Office Equipment and Furniture                                    631,336
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Assets
  Notes receivable - officers (Notes 1 and 2)                         175,183
  Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of 
    $72,209 (Note 9)                                                1,022,824
  Cash surrender value of life insurance                              104,358
  Other                                                               111,283
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Other Assets                                                  1,413,648
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 $ 15,569,649
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     See accompanying summary of accounting
                   policies and notes to financial statements

                                      F-11

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                                  Balance Sheet

                                                             January 31, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current
  Revolving Line of Credit (Note 4)                            $    7,124,000
  Checks issued against future deposits                             3,225,668
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                               559,441
  Due to retailers (Note 12)                                          199,575
  Deferred income taxes (Note 8)                                       24,000
  Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 3)                        69,203
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current Liabilities                                          11,201,887
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term Debt, less current maturities (Note 3)                       22,814
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Income taxes (Note 8)                                        173,000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Liabilities                                                  11,397,701
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitments (Note 5 and 6)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redeemable Preferred Stock, $.01 par - shares authorized, 
  2,000,000; outstanding, 5,600 (Note 10)                             522,506
Redeemable Common Stock
  111,245 shares outstanding (Note 13)                                503,820
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1,026,326
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stockholders' Equity
  Common Stock, $.01 par - shares authorized, 
     20,000,000; outstanding, 6,930,233                                69,302
  Additional paid-in-capital                                        2,745,180
  Retained earnings                                                   331,140
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Stockholders' Equity                                          3,145,622
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 $ 15,569,649


                     See accompanying summary of accounting
                   policies and notes to financial statements

                                      F-13

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                            Statements of Operations
 
Years Ended January 31,                            1997                1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Revenues                               $ 7,056,270         $ 7,195,176
Merchandise Revenues                               242,177             926,008
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 7,298,447           8,121,184
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cost of Service Revenues                         4,862,207           3,859,409
Cost of Merchandise Sold                           202,381             549,813
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 5,064,588           4,409,222
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Profit                                     2,233,859           3,711,962
Selling, General and Administrative 
  Expense (Notes 1,2, 5 and 6)                   2,904,372           2,799,841
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Income (Loss)                          (670,513)             912,121
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Income (Expense)
     Interest income                                30,628              25,403
     Interest expense                            (311,737)           (120,427)
     Registration expense                               -            (213,666)
     Other                                        (28,883)             (5,437)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Other Income (Expense)                     (309,992)           (314,127)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes                (980,505)             597,994
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense (Note 8)            (377,188)             406,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income (Loss)                              $ (603,317)         $   191,994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (Loss) per Share - Primary and
   Fully Diluted                               $    (0.09)         $      0.03
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average of Shares Outstanding -
   Primary and Fully Diluted                     6,658,891           6,084,542
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pro Forma Amounts (unaudited)
  Income before income taxes                                       $   597,994
  Provision for income taxes (Note 8)                                  284,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income (unaudited)                                             $   313,994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income per share (unaudited)                                   $      0.05
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     See accompanying summary of accounting
                   policies and notes to financial statements

                                      F-14

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                       Statements of Stockholders' Equity

<CAPTION>
                                                      Common Stock                 Additional                              Total
                                                                                    Paid-in          Retained          Stockholders'
                                                                                    Capital          Earnings             Equity
                                        --------------------------------------
                                           Shares               Amount
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                 <C>                 <C>              <C>               <C>        
Balance, February 1, 1995                 5,340,000           $ 53,400            $ 195,520        $ 1,377,587       $ 1,626,507

Issuance of Common Stock
(Note 9)                                    959,389              9,594               (9,594)                 -                 -

Issuance of Common Stock                     75,000                750              225,375                  -           226,125

Reclassification of Subchapter S
retained earnings, net of tax, net
of distributions to stockholders
(Note 9)                                          -                  -              565,657           (592,657)          (27,000)

Net income for the year                           -                  -                    -            191,994           191,994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, January 31, 1996                 6,374,389           $ 63,744            $ 976,958         $  976,924        $2,017,626

Issuance of Common Stock                      8,000                 80               29,920                  -            30,000

Conversion of 7% Preferred Stock
to Common Stock                             423,197              4,232            1,395,337                  -         1,399,569

Issuance of Common Stock to
purchase Magazine Marketing,
Inc. (Note 9)                               100,000              1,000              249,000                  -           250,000

Issuance of Common Stock in
payment of services                          15,132                151               51,599                  -            51,750

Dividend on Preferred Stock                   9,515                 95               42,366            (42,467)               (6)

Net loss for the year                             -                  -                    -           (603,317)         (603,317)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, January 31, 1997                 6,930,233           $ 69,302          $ 2,745,180        $   331,140        $3,145,622
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                     See accompanying summary of accounting
                   policies and notes to financial statements

                                      F-15

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                            Statements of Cash Flows
<CAPTION>

Years Ended January 31,                                                  1997              1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>                <C>
Operating Activities
     Net income (loss)                                              $  (603,317)       $  191,994
     Adjustments to reconcile net cash
      provided by operating activities:
         Depreciation and amortization                                  246,599           140,622
         Loss on disposition of equipment                                   299                 -
         Provision for losses on accounts receivable                    224,387           (35,149)
         Impairment of investment in limited partnership                 20,000            20,000
         Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance             (32,740)          (22,696)
         Write-off of uncollectible note receivable                           -            92,063
         Shareholder distribution                                             -           (27,000)
         Deferred income taxes                                         (259,064)          (59,000)
         Services received in exchange for common stock                  51,750                 -
         Changes in assets and liabilities:
           Increase in accounts receivable                           (8,789,885)       (1,765,173)
           Increase in other assets                                    (230,004)          (63,463)
           Increase in checks issued against future deposits          3,225,668                 -
           Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
            and accrued expenses                                       (513,110)          107,590
           Increase in amounts due customers                            116,120            29,137
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Used in Operating Activities                                    (6,543,297)       (1,391,075)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Activities
     Acquisition of Magazine Marketing, Inc.                           (275,000)                -
     Loans to officers                                                        -           (33,990)
     Collections on notes receivable                                     29,715               483
     Collections from related party                                      53,171           280,884
     Capital expenditures                                              (276,729)         (197,331)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities                        (468,843)           50,136
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                     See accompanying summary of accounting
                   policies and notes to financial statements


                                      F-16
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                            Statements of Cash Flows
<CAPTION>

Years Ended January 31,                                        1997                1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>    
Financing Activities
     Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock                      30,000           226,125
     Proceeds from issuance of Preferred Stock                1,922,075                 -
     Borrowings under long-term debt agreements               9,791,000                 -
     Principal payments on long-term debt                    (2,756,121)        (183,387)
     Borrowings under short-term debt agreements              2,836,366         2,739,884
     Repayments under short-term debt agreements             (4,550,081)       (1,670,370)
     Preferred Stock dividends                                       (6)                -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Provided by Financing Activities                         7,273,233         1,112,212
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (Decrease) in Cash                                     261,093          (228,727)

Cash, beginning of period                                        23,828           252,555
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Provided by Financing Activities                       $   284,921       $    23,828
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                     See accompanying summary of accounting
                   policies and notes to financial statements

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                         Summary of Accounting Policies

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basis of 
Presentation             The  financial  statements  of The  Source  Information
                         Management  Company  reflect the  accounts of companies
                         formerly   known   as   Display   Information   Systems
                         Corporation (DISC),  Periodical Management & Marketing,
                         Inc. (PMM) and Dixon's Modem Marketing  Concepts,  Inc.
                         and Tri-State  Stores,  Inc. (MMC). DISC and PMM merged
                         on  February  1,  1995 and the net  assets  of MMC were
                         merged on June 15, 1995, as discussed in Note 9.

Business                 The Source Information Management Company (the Company)
                         is a provider of merchandise management information and
                         related  services  primarily  in  connection  with  the
                         display   and   marketing   of   magazines   and  other
                         periodicals.   The   Company   assists   retailers   in
                         monitoring,   documenting,   claiming  and   collecting
                         incentive   payments,   primarily  from  publishers  of
                         periodicals, and performs consulting and other services
                         in exchange for service  revenues.  The Company obtains
                         merchandising  revenue  from (a)  consulting  and other
                         services rendered to clients on other than a commission
                         basis and (b) the sale,  as  principal  or  broker,  of
                         merchandise  to  the  Company's  retailer  clients  for
                         resale by them.

Concentrations of        
Credit Risk              Services  are  provided to mass  merchandise,  grocery,
                         convenience and pharmacy  stores  throughout the United
                         States and in Eastern Canada.  Management  periodically
                         performs  credit   evaluations  of  its  customers  and
                         generally does not require  collateral.  At the balance
                         sheet date, the Company had no concentrated credit risk
                         with any individual customer.

Revenue           
Recognition              Service  revenues are  recognized  during the period in
                         which  services are performed.  Merchandising  revenues
                         are recognized in the period in which the merchandising
                         services are provided.

Equipment and            
Furniture                Equipment   and   furniture   are   stated   at   cost.
                         Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method
                         for  financial  reporting and  accelerated  methods for
                         income tax purposes over the estimated  useful lives of
                         5 to 7 years.

Income Taxes             Income  taxes  are  calculated   using  the  asset  and
                         liability  method  specified  by Statement of Financial
                         Accounting  Standards No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income
                         Taxes."

Goodwill                 Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of a company
                         acquired over the fair value of the net assets acquired
                         which is amortized over 15 years.

Pro Forma       
Information              Pro forma data is presented  for 1996 which  reflects a
                         provision for income taxes as if DISC, an S corporation
                         prior to the merger  discussed  in Note 9, had not been
                         an S  corporation  in 1996.  Pro forma net  income  per
                         share  for 1996 has been  determined  by  dividing  pro
                         forma net  income  by the  weighted  average  number of
                         common shares outstanding during the year.

Stock-Based  
Compensation             The Company  grants stock options for a fixed number of
                         shares to employees with an exercise price greater than
                         or equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of
                         grant.  The Company accounts for stock option grants in
                         accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
                         25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to  Employees"  (APB
                         Opinion   No.   25).   That   Opinion   requires   that
                         compensation  cost  related to fixed stock option plans
                         be recognized only to the extent that the fair value of
                         

                                                       F-18

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                         Summary of Accounting Policies
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         the  shares  at the grant  date  exceeds  the  exercise
                         price.   Accordingly,   the   Company   recognizes   no
                         compensation expense for its stock option grants.

                         In October  1995,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards
                         Board,   issued   Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
                         Standards   No.  123,   "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
                         Compensation"  (SFAS  No.  123).  SFAS No.  123  allows
                         companies to continue to account for their stock option
                         plans  in  accordance  with APB  Opinion  No.  25,  but
                         encourages  the  adoption  of a new  accounting  method
                         based on the  estimated  fair value of  employee  stock
                         option.   Pro  forma  net  loss  and  loss  per  share,
                         determined  as if  the  Company  had  applied  the  new
                         method, are disclosed within Note 6.

Accounting 
Estimates                The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity
                         with generally accepted accounting  principles requires
                         management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that
                         affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities
                         and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at
                         the date of the financial  statements  and the reported
                         amounts of revenues and expenses  during the  reporting
                         period.   Actual   results   could  differ  from  those
                         estimates.

Long-Lived
Assets                   In  March  1995,   Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
                         Standards  No. 121  "Accounting  for the  Impairment of
                         Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived  Assets  Disposed
                         Of" ("SFAS No. 121) was issued.  SFAS No. 121  requires
                         that   long-lived   assets  and  certain   identifiable
                         intangibles  to be held and used or  disposed  of by an
                         entity be received for  impairment  whenever  events or
                         changes in  circumstances  indicate  that the  carrying
                         amount  of an  asset  may  not be  recoverable.  During
                         fiscal 1997,  the Company  adopted this  statement  and
                         determined  that no impairment  loss need be recognized
                         for applicable assets of continuing operations.

Reclassifications        Certain 1996 amounts have been  reclassified to conform
                         to the 1997 presentation.


                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1.     Related Party    
       Transactions      The Company purchased data processing  services from an
                         employment service company owned by certain officers of
                         the  Company.  There were  approximately  $275,000  and
                         $307,000 of such  purchases  made during 1997 and 1996,
                         respectively.  The Company  purchased  this  employment
                         service company for $45,000 on January 1, 1997.

                         One of the Company's  stockholders also owns a majority
                         of the  stock  of FMG,  Inc.,  primarily  an  investing
                         company.  At  January  31,  1996,  the  Company  had  a
                         receivable  from FMG of $53,171 at prime plus .5%.  The
                         receivable was collected in full on November 5,1996.

                         The Company  has been  engaged by  Specialty  Marketing
                         Co.,  Inc., a  corporation  in which Robert B. Dixon is
                         the  principal   shareholder,   to  provide  consulting
                         services.  In fiscal 1996 Specialty Marketing Co., Inc.
                         paid  the  Company  $85,611  in  consideration  for the
                         Company's services.

                         The Company  currently  leases certain office space and
                         has, in the past,  leased an airplane from partnerships
                         controlled by stockholders of the Company. Amounts paid
                         for the office  space were  $207,498  and  $183,275 for
                         1997  and  1996,  respectively.  Amounts  paid  for the
                         airplane  were  $0  and  $57,926  for  1997  and  1996,
                         respectively.

                         Certain  officers  of the  company,  have  from time to
                         time,  received  cash  advances  from the Company.  The
                         officers  executed  promissory  notes  in  favor of the
                         Company  in the  aggregate  amounts of  $233,578.  Such
                         notes bear  interest at the rate of 7.34% per annum and
                         are  payable in five  equal  installments  which  began
                         April 1996.

2.  Notes Receivable     Officers

                         The notes  receivable  relate to  advances  to  certain
                         officers  of the  Company.  The notes bear  interest at
                         7.34% and are payable in five equal annual  payments of
                         $69,489 which began April 1996. These notes are current
                         and the  Company is unaware of any  circumstances  that
                         would  negatively  impact the  collectibility  of these
                         notes.

                         Other

                         The  Company  had a  $120,000  unsecured,  non-interest
                         bearing  note  from  a  non-affiliated   company  which
                         required quarterly  installments of $6,000 through June
                         2000.  The note was stated net of  discount  of $27,454
                         which was computed  using a 10% imputed  interest rate.
                         On March 31,  1996 the  debtor  defaulted  on the note.
                         Based on the  financial  condition  of the debtor,  the
                         note was written off  resulting in a charge to selling,
                         general  and  administrative  expenses  during the year
                         ended January 31, 1996 of $92,063.


                                      F-20

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


3.     Long-term         Long-term debt consists of:
       Debt

                         January 31,                                     1997
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         Unsecured note payable to stockholder
                         (former owner of Magazine Marketing,
                         Inc.), non-interest bearing, payable 
                         in eight quarterly installments of 
                         $10,000, discounted based on the 
                         Company's effective borrowing rate            $ 46,710
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Obligations under capital lease (Note 5)        45,307
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Total Long-term Debt                            92,017

                         Less current maturities                         69,203
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Long-term Debt                                $ 22,814
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         Annual  maturities  of  long-term  debt are as follows:
                         1998 - $69,203; 1999 - $22,814.

4.     Revolving
       Line of Credit    The Company has an agreement  providing  for  revolving
                         loans up to  $12,500,000.  The  bank  has the  right to
                         terminate  the  agreement  upon not less than  thirteen
                         months prior written  notice.  Borrowings bear interest
                         at a rate related to the monthly  LIBOR index rate plus
                         a percentage ranging from 2.5% to 3.5%,  depending upon
                         the ratio of funded debt to earnings  before  interest,
                         taxes,   depreciation  and  amortization   (effectively
                         8.0039% at January 31, 1997). Borrowings are secured by
                         personal  guarantees  of Messrs.  S. Leslie  Flegel and
                         William  H. Lee and  their  spouses  and by a  security
                         interest  in  substantially  all the  Company's  assets
                         including receivables,  inventory, equipment, goods and
                         fixtures, software, contract rights, notes, and general
                         intangibles.

                         The revolving  loan  agreement  requires the Company to
                         maintain  certain  ratios and a specified  level of net
                         worth,  restricts  payment  of  dividends,  and  limits
                         additional   indebtedness.   The  Company  was  not  in
                         compliance  with  certain  ratios at January 31,  1997,
                         and,  consequently,  the debt has  been  classified  as
                         current.  However,  the Company  has  received a waiver
                         from the bank  stating  that  noncompliance  with these
                         ratios is not considered a default at January 31, 1997.

5.     Commitments       Leases

                         The Company leases office space, an apartment, computer
                         equipment,  and vehicles  under leases that expire over
                         the  next  five  years.  The  Company  also  leases  an
                         administrative  facility  from a related party under an
                         operating lease that expires over the next 16 years. In
                         most  cases,  management  expects  that  in the  normal
                         course of business,  leases will be renewed or replaced
                         with  other  leases.  Rent  expense  was  approximately
                         $427,000 and  $410,000 for the years ended  January 31,
                         1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Amounts  paid to related
                         parties   included   in   total   rent   expense   were
                         approximately  $207,000 and $240,000 for 1997 and 1996,
                         respectively.


                                      F-21

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Office  equipment  and  furniture  includes  $71,066 at
                         January 31, 1997 for  equipment  leases which have been
                         capitalized.  Accumulated  amortization  was $35,148 at
                         January 31,  1997.  Lease  amortization  is included in
                         depreciation and amortization expense.

                         Future minimum payments,  by year and in the aggregate,
                         under capital leases and noncancelable operating leases
                         with  initial  or  remaining  terms of one year or more
                         consisted of the following at January 31, 1997:

                                                      Capital        Operating
                           Year Ending January 31,     leases          leases
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                           1998                       $37,481       $  458,791
                           1999                        13,688          261,300
                           2000                            --          184,600
                           2001                            --          163,891
                           2002                            --          155,215
                           Thereafter                      --        1,477,950
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                           Total minimum lease 
                            payments                   51,169       $2,701,747
                                                                    ----------
                           Amount representing 
                            interest                    5,862
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                           Present Value of Net 
                            Minimum Lease Payments    $45,307
                          ------------------------------------------------------

                         Litigation

                         The  Company  has  pending  certain  legal  actions and
                         claims incurred in the normal course of business and is
                         actively  pursuing the defense thereof.  In the opinion
                         of  management,  these  actions  and  claims are either
                         without  merit or are covered by insurance and will not
                         have  a  material   adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
                         financial position.

6.     Employee          Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan
       Benefit Plans
                         The  Company has a combined  profit  sharing and 401(k)
                         Plan.  Annual   contributions  to  the  profit  sharing
                         portion  of the Plan  are  determined  by the  Board of
                         Directors  and may not exceed  the  amount  that may be
                         deducted  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.   Profit
                         sharing  contributions  charged against operations were
                         $0 and $10,000 for the years ended January 31, 1997 and
                         1996, respectively.

                         Under the  401(k)  portion  of the Plan,  all  eligible
                         employees  may elect to  contribute  2% to 20% of their
                         compensation  up  to  the  maximum  allowed  under  the
                         Internal  Revenue Code. The Company matches one half of
                         an  employee's  contribution,  not to  exceed 5% of the
                         employee's  salary.  The amounts matched by the Company
                         during  the  years  ended  January  31,  1997  and 1996
                         pursuant  to this Plan were  approximately  $50,000 and
                         $40,000, respectively.


                                      F-22

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         Deferred Compensation Plan

                         During the current  year,  the Company  established  an
                         unfunded   deferred   compensation   plan  for  certain
                         officers,  who  elect  to defer a  percentage  of their
                         current   compensation.   The  Company  does  not  make
                         contributions  to the plan and is responsible  only for
                         the  administrative  costs  associated  with the  plan.
                         Benefits are payable to the participating officers upon
                         their  death or  termination  of  employment.  From the
                         deferred funds, the Company has purchased  certain life
                         insurance policies. However, the proceeds and surrender
                         value  of  these  policies  are not  restricted  to pay
                         deferred compensation benefits when they are due.

                         Stock Option Plan

                         In August  1995,  the  Company  established  The Source
                         Company  1995  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan  for  key
                         employees and reserved  630,000  shares of common stock
                         for  such  plan.  Under  the  plan,  the  Stock  Option
                         Committee  may grant stock  options to key employees at
                         not less than one  hundred  percent  (100%) of the fair
                         market value of the Company's  Common Stock at the date
                         of  grant.  The  durations  and  exercisability  of the
                         grants  vary  according  to  the   individual   options
                         granted.  During 1997 the Company  granted  options for
                         225,000 shares, but had 125,000 shares forfeited. As of
                         January 31, 1997, options with a remaining  contractual
                         life of 5 years to purchase  100,000  shares at a price
                         of  $4.63  were  outstanding,   20,000  of  which  were
                         exercisable.

                         As discussed in the Summary of Accounting Policies, the
                         Company   applies   APB  Opinion  No.  25  and  related
                         interpretations    in   accounting   for   this   plan.
                         Accordingly,  no compensation  cost has been recognized
                         for its incentive  stock option plan. Had  compensation
                         cost for the  Company's  stockbased  compensation  plan
                         been  determined  based on the fair  value at the grant
                         dates for  awards  under the plan  consistent  with the
                         method of SFAS No. 123,  the Company' net loss and loss
                         per  share  would  have been  reduced  to the pro forma
                         amounts indicated below:

                         Year Ended January 31,                         1997
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Net loss                      As reported    (603,317)
                                                       Pro forma      (611,369)

                         Primary loss per share        As reported       (0.09)
                                                       Pro forma         (0.09)

                         Fully diluted loss per share  As reported       (0.09)
                                                       Pro forma         (0.09)
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         The  fair  value  of  each  option  granted  in 1996 is
                         estimated on the date of grant using the  Black-Scholes
                         option-pricing     model     with     the     following
                         weighted-average  assumptions used: dividend yield of 0
                         percent;  risk-free  interest  rate  of  4.88  percent;
                         volatility  of .3; and  expected  lives of 1 year.  The
                         fair value of options granted during the year is $.66.


                                      F-23

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Stock Award Plan
                 
                         In  September  1996,  the  Company  adopted  The Source
                         Company Stock Award Plan for all employees and reserved
                         50,000 shares of Common Stock for such plan.  Under the
                         plan, the stock award committee, appointed by the board
                         of  directors  of  the  Company,  shall  determine  the
                         employees to whom awards shall be granted.

                         On September  18, 1996,  10,050  shares of Common Stock
                         were awarded to certain employees under the plan.

7.     Supplemental      Supplemental  information on interest  and income taxes
       Cash Flow         paid is as follows:
       Information

                         Years Ended January 31,         1997           1996
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Interest                      $ 285,000     $ 109,000
                         Income Taxes                  $ 264,000     $ 254,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         Capital lease  obligations  of $15,687 and $59,095 were
                         incurred  in 1997  and  1996,  respectively,  when  the
                         Company entered into leases for new office equipment.

                         On August 30,  1996,  9,515 shares of common stock were
                         issued as a dividend to the preferred  stockholders  as
                         of that date.

                         During  1997 the  Company  issued  100,000  shares  and
                         111,245  shares of common stock in connection  with the
                         acquisitions  of Magazine  Marketing,  Inc. and Readers
                         Choice,  Inc.  (Note 9). During 1996 the Company issued
                         959,389  shares of common stock in connection  with the
                         acquisition of the Company by Periodico, Inc. (Note 9).

8. Income Taxes          Provision for federal and state income taxes  (benefit)
                         in  the   statements  of  operations   consist  of  the
                         following components:

                         Year Ended January 31,        1997              1996
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Current
                          Federal                   $(102,768)         $355,000
                          State                       (15,356)          110,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Total Current               (118,124)          465,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Pro Forma (Unaudited)
                          Federal                                     (105,000)
                          State                                        (17,000)
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Total Pro Forma                              (122,000)
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Deferred
                          Federal                    (225,386)         (46,000)
                          State                       (33,678)         (13,000)
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (259,064)         (59,000)
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Total Income Tax (Benefit)
                          Expense                   $(377,188)         $284,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         Deferred  income  taxes  reflect the net tax effects of
                         temporary  differences  between the carrying  amount of
                         the  assets and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting
                         
                                      F-24

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         purposes and the amounts used for income tax  purposes.
                         The  sources  of the  temporary  differences  and their
                         effect on deferred taxes are as follows:

                         January 31,                       1997         1996
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Deferred Tax Assets
                           Allowance for doubtful
                           accounts                     $ 126,000    $ 38,000
                           Deferred compensation           14,000           -
                           Other                            3,000           -
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Total Deferred Tax Assets        143,000      38,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Deferred Tax Liabilities
                           Income not previously taxes
                           under cash basis of 
                           accounting for income tax 
                           purposes                       312,000     446,000

                           Depreciation                    28,000      28,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Total Deferred Tax Liabilities   340,000     474,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Net Deferred Tax Liability       197,000     436,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Classified as:
                           Current                         24,000     110,000
                           Non-current                    173,000     326,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Net Deferred Tax Liability     $ 197,000    $436,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         The following unaudited summary reconciles income taxes
                         at  the  maximum   federal   statutory  rate  with  the
                         effective  rate for 1997  and the pro  forma  effective
                         rate for 1996:

                         Year Ended January 31,           1997         1996
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Income tax (benefit) expense 
                           at statutory rate           $(333,372)   $ 204,000
                         State income tax (benefit)
                           expense, net of federal 
                           income tax benefit            (80,421)      52,000
                         Non-deductible meals and 
                           entertainment                   35,320      26,000
                         Non-deductible officers'
                           life insurance                 (3,250)       4,300
                         Non-deductible goodwill
                           amortization                     2,306       2,300
                         Other, net                       (4,600)       2,229
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         Income Tax (Benefit) Expense  $(377,188)    $284,000
                         -------------------------------------------------------


                                      F-25

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9.     Business          Pooling of Interests of DISC and PMM
       Combinations
                         On February 1, 1995 DISC and PMM merged into The Source
                         Company.  DISC  stockholders  exchanged  all  of  their
                         shares of common stock for  2,520,000  shares of Common
                         Stock  of The  Source  Company,  and  PMM  stockholders
                         exchanged  all of their  shares  of  common  stock  for
                         2,520,000 shares of Common Stock of The Source Company.
                         The  merger  has been  accounted  for as a  pooling  of
                         interests  and,  accordingly,  the Company's  financial
                         statements  have been restated for all periods prior to
                         the  merger  to  include  the  results  of  operations,
                         financial position, and cash flows of DISC and PMM.

                         The S  corporation  retained  earnings of DISC totaling
                         $462,389   representing   undistributed   earnings   on
                         February  1,  1995  has  been  credited  to  additional
                         paid-in capital net of deferred taxes of  approximately
                         $122,000 which has been recognized  through a charge to
                         income tax expense.

                         Acquisition of the Company by Periodico, Inc.

                         On  May  1,  1995  Periodico,   Inc.  (formerly  Garner
                         Investments,  Inc.)  acquired  the  Company  through an
                         exchange of stock.  Periodico  then changed its name to
                         The Source Company.

                         Since Periodico had no significant assets or operations
                         at the transaction  date, the transaction was accounted
                         for as an issuance of 959,389 shares of common stock by
                         the  Company  in   exchange   for  the  net  assets  of
                         Periodico,  which were  recorded  at  Periodico's  cost
                         basis and amounted to $0 at the transaction date.

                         Acquisition of Dixon's Modern Marketing 
                         Concepts, Inc. and Tri-State Stores, Inc.

                         On June 15,  1995 the  Company  acquired  the assets of
                         Dixon's Modem  Marketing  Concepts,  Inc. and Tri-State
                         Stores,  Inc.  (MMC) in exchange for 300,000  shares of
                         Common Stock of The Source  Company and the  assumption
                         by the  Company  of all the  liabilities  of  MMC.  The
                         transaction  has been  accounted  for as a  pooling  of
                         interests  and,  accordingly,  the Company's  financial
                         statements  have been restated for all periods prior to
                         the  acquisition  to include the results of operations,
                         financial  position,  and  cash  flows  of  The  Source
                         Company and MMC.

                         The S  corporation  retained  earnings of MMC  totaling
                         approximately  $225,000,   representing   undistributed
                         earnings on June 15, 1995 net of $27,000 distributed in
                         lieu of taxes to  shareholders,  has been  credited  to
                         additional paid-in capital.

                         Revenues  and net  income  (loss)  for  the  individual
                         entities  and  combined  prior to the  mergers  were as
                         follows:


                                      F-26

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                The
                                               Source
                                               Company        MMC      Combined
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
             February 1 to June 15, 1995
               Revenues                      $2,175,383   $ 435,529   $2,610,912
               Net income (loss)             $   96,829   $ (5,609)   $   91,220
             -------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Acquisition of Magazine Marketing, Inc.

                         On June 28, 1996 the Company  acquired all of the stock
                         of Magazine  Marketing,  Inc.  in exchange  for 100,000
                         shares of Common  Stock of the Company and  $275,000 in
                         cash. In addition, the Company shall pay $10,000 at the
                         end of each quarter for a two year period following the
                         closing date (or a total of $80,000).

                         The  transaction  has been  accounted for as a purchase
                         and, accordingly,  the assets and liabilities have been
                         recorded at fair market  value.  Results of  operations
                         have  been  included  as of the  effective  date of the
                         transaction.  The  purchase  price  of the  transaction
                         exceeded  the fair value of the assets  acquired in the
                         amount  of  $704,748  and is  being  amortized  over 15
                         years.

                         Acquisition of Readers Choice, Inc.

                         On June 30, 1996 the Company acquired all of the issued
                         and  outstanding  shares of  Readers  Choice,  Inc.,  a
                         wholly owned subsidiary of United Magazine Company,  in
                         exchange  for  111,245  shares of  Common  Stock of the
                         Company.  This  transaction has been accounted for as a
                         purchase and  accordingly,  the assets and  liabilities
                         have been  recorded  at fair market  value.  Results of
                         operations  have been included as of the effective date
                         of the  transaction.  This transaction did not meet any
                         of  the  conditions  to  be  considered  a  significant
                         business   combination.   The  purchase  price  of  the
                         transaction  exceeded  the  fair  value  of the  assets
                         acquired  in  the  amount  of  $280,507  and  is  being
                         amortized over 15 years.


10.    Redeemable        
       Preferred
       Stock             The Company has authorized 2,000,000 shares of $.01 par
                         Preferred  Stock.  On March 13, 1996 65,000 shares were
                         designated  as 1996  Series  7%  Convertible  Preferred
                         Stock.  Rights and restrictions on the remaining shares
                         will be  established  if,  and  when,  any  shares  are
                         issued.

                         Each share of the 1996 Series 7% Convertible  Preferred
                         Stock   entitles   its  holder  to  receive  an  annual
                         dividend,   when  and  as  declared  by  the  Board  of
                         Directors,  of $7 per  share  payable  in shares of the
                         Company's  Common  Stock;  to convert it into shares of
                         Common Stock; to receive $100 per share in the event of
                         dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company,
                         whether  voluntary  or  involuntary;   and  subject  to
                         certain  conditions in the Certificate of Designations,
                         Preferences  and  Relative  Rights  of 1996  Series  7%
                         Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  may be  redeemed at the
                         option  of the  Company  at a price of $100  per  share
                         within 30 days following the effective date of a merger
                         or  consolidation  in  which  the  Company  is not  the
                         surviving entity.


                                      F-27

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Each share of the 1996 Series 7% Convertible  Preferred
                         Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder
                         thereof,  into  shares  of  the  Common  Stock  of  the
                         Company,  at the  conversion  price equal to 80% of the
                         current  market  price of the Common  Stock,  provided,
                         however,  the  conversion  price shall not be less than
                         $3.50  nor more than  $5.50 per share of Common  Stock.
                         For purposes of such conversion, each share of the 1996
                         Series 7% Convertible Preferred Stock shall be accepted
                         by the Company for surrender at its Liquidation  Amount
                         of $100 per share.

                         During March 1996 the Company  issued  20,000 shares of
                         1996 Series 7% Convertible Preferred Stock for $100 per
                         share. Commissions and expenses totalling $137,925 were
                         incurred  in  connection  with the stock  issuances  of
                         which  $77,925 was paid in cash and $60,000 was paid by
                         issuance of another 600 shares of preferred stock.

                         On June 3, 1996 an investor  converted  5,000 shares of
                         the  Company's  1996  Series 7%  Convertible  Preferred
                         Stock into common Stock of the Company.  The conversion
                         price  was  $3.55  per  share,  which  resulted  in the
                         issuance  of  140,714  shares  of  Common  Stock.  This
                         conversion  also resulted in the issuance to certain of
                         the Company's financial advisors of options to purchase
                         an  additional  2,814 shares of the Common Stock of the
                         Company.  This option to purchase is exercisable  for a
                         two year period at an exercise price equal to $4.26 per
                         share.

                         During March 1996 the Company  issued  20,000 shares of
                         1996 Series 7% Convertible Preferred Stock for $100 per
                         share.  Commissions and expenses totaling $137,925 were
                         incurred  in  connection  with the stock  issuances  of
                         which  $77,925 was paid in cash and $60,000 was paid by
                         issuance of another 600 shares of preferred stock.

                         On June 3, 1996 an investor  converted  5,000 shares of
                         the  Company's  1996  Series 7%  Convertible  Preferred
                         Stock into Common Stock of the Company.  The conversion
                         price  was  $3.55  per  share,  which  resulted  in the
                         issuance  of  140,714  shares  of  Common  Stock.  This
                         conversion  also resulted in the issuance to certain of
                         the Company's financial advisors of options to purchase
                         an  additional  2,814 shares of the Common Stock of the
                         Company.  This option to purchase is exercisable  for a
                         two year period at an exercise price equal to $4.26 per
                         share.

                         On July 29, 1996 two investors  converted 2,250 and 500
                         shares of the  Company's  1996  Series  7%  Convertible
                         Preferred  Stock into Common Stock of the Company.  The
                         conversion price was $3.65 per share, which resulted in
                         the issuance of 61,643 and 13,698 shares, respectively,
                         of Common Stock.

                         On August 30,  1996 the Company  issued a common  stock
                         dividend  to  investors  who  held the  Company's  1996
                         Series 7%  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  At this date
                         there were 12,850 shares of such stock outstanding. The
                         7%  dividend  resulted  in a common  stock  dividend of
                         9,515  shares  based on an issuance  price of $4.46 per
                         share.

                         On  September  11,  1996 an  investor  converted  5,000
                         shares of the  Company's  1996  Series  7%  Convertible
                         Preferred  Stock into Common Stock of the Company.  The
                         conversion price was $3.50 per share, which resulted in
                         the issuance of 142,857  shares of Common  Stock.  This
                         conversion  also resulted in the issuance to certain of
                         the Company's financial advisors of options to purchase
                        
                                                       F-28

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         an  additional  2,857 shares of the Common Stock of the
                         Company.  This option to purchase is exercisable  for a
                         two year period at an exercise price equal to $4.20 per
                         share.

                         On  September  22,  1996 an  investor  converted  2,250
                         shares of the  Company's  1996  Series  7%  Convertible
                         Preferred  Stock into Common Stock of the Company.  The
                         conversion price was $3.50 per share, which resulted in
                         the issuance of 64,285 shares of Common Stock.

11.    Advance Pay 
       Program           The Company  has  established  an Advance Pay  Program.
                         Under this  program the the Company  advances an agreed
                         upon percentage of the incentive payments otherwise due
                         the retailer from magazine  publishers  upon  quarterly
                         submission  of claims  for such  payments.  The  claims
                         otherwise  due the  retailer  become  due the  Company.
                         Included  in trade  receivables  at January 31, 1997 is
                         $11,206,666  due the  Company  under  the  Advance  Pay
                         Program   (net   of   $2,314,727    due   the   program
                         participants).    Income    from   the    program   was
                         approximately   $1,150,000  during  1997  and  was  not
                         material in 1996.

12.    Due to            
       Retailers         The  Company  has  arrangements  with  certain  of  its
                         customers  whereby the Company is authorized to collect
                         and deposit in its own accounts,  checks payable to its
                         customers for incentive  payments.  The Company retains
                         the service  revenue  related to such payments and pays
                         the customer the difference. The Company owes retailers
                         $199,575 at January 31, 1997 under such arrangements.

13.    Redeemable        
       Common Stock      During June 1996,  the Company issued 100,000 shares of
                         Common Stock to James W. Looman in connection  with the
                         purchase of Magazine Marketing, Inc. (Note 9). Pursuant
                         to the terms of the Purchase Agreement,  Mr. Looman was
                         granted an option to sell his shares to the  Company at
                         a price of $1.00 per share if, at any time  during  the
                         two year period  following the  acquisition  date (June
                         28,  1996) the market  value of all shares  acquired in
                         the  transaction  becomes  less than  $100,000  for ten
                         consecutive trading days.

                         Also  during  June 1996,  the  Company  issued  111,245
                         shares  of  Common  Stock to  United  Magazine  Company
                         ("United  Magazine") in connection with the purchase of
                         Readers Choice, Inc. (Note 9). Pursuant to the terms of
                         the Purchase Agreement,  United Magazine was granted an
                         option to sell its shares to the  Company at a price of
                         $4.00 per share if the  Company's  stock  price for the
                         last five days of any calendar  quarter  during the two
                         year period  following the  acquisition  date (June 30,
                         1996) is less than $4.00 per share.

                         The  stock  which was  issued in each of the  foregoing
                         transactions   is  recorded  at  the  value  which  was
                         assigned in each of the respective transactions.


                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

14.    Fair Values of 
       Financial
       Instruments       The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were used to
                         estimate  the fair  values of each  class of  financial
                         instruments  for which it is  practicable  to  estimate
                         that value:
       
                         Trade  Receivables  and  Cash  Surrender  Value of Life
                         Insurance

                         The carrying amounts  approximate fair value because of
                         the short maturity of those instruments.

                         Notes Receivable - Officers

                         The fair value is estimated by  discounting  the future
                         cash flows  using the current  interest  rates at which
                         similar  loans would be made to borrowers  with similar
                         credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

                         Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses,  and Amounts Due
                         to Retailers

                         Carrying amounts are reasonable estimates of fair value
                         due to the relatively short period between  origination
                         and expected repayment of these instruments.

                         Long-term Debt (Excluding
                         Obligations Under Capital Leases)

                         The carrying amount approximates the fair value because
                         the financial instrument was originally recorded at its
                         discounted value.

                         Revolving Line of Credit

                         It is presumed that the carrying amount is a reasonable
                         estimate of fair value because the financial instrument
                         bears a variable interest rate.

                         The estimated  fair values of the  Company's  financial
                         instruments are as follows:

                                                      Carrying         Fair
                 January 31, 1997                      value           value
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Financial Assets
                   Trade receivables                $ 12,922,738    $ 12,922,738
                   Notes Receivable - officers      $    233,578    $    207,600
                   Cash surrender value of life
                   insurance                        $    104,358    $    104,358

                 Financial Liabilities
                   Accounts payable and
                   Accrued expenses                 $    559,441    $    559,441
                   Due to retailers                 $    199,575    $    199,575
                   Long-term debt (excluding
                   obligations under capital 
                   leases)                          $     46,710    $     46,710
                   Revolving line of credit         $  7,124,000    $  7,124,000
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------

                                      F-30

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15.    Earnings Per          
       Share             In February  1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards
                         Board  issued   Statement   of   Financial   Accounting
                         Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" (SFAS No. 128).
                         The new standard simplifies the standards for computing
                         earnings per share and requires presentation of two new
                         amounts,  basic and  diluted  earnings  per share.  The
                         Company  will be required to  retroactively  adopt this
                         standard when it reports its operating  results for the
                         fiscal quarter and year ending  January 31, 1998.  When
                         the Company  adopts SFAS No. 128, it expects no changes
                         in its  previously  reported  Primary and Fully Diluted
                         earnings per share.



                                      F-31

<PAGE>
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>

16.    Quarterly                 
       Financial Data
       (unaudited)     
<CAPTION>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997                            April 30        July 31       October 31      January 31
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>       
Net Sales                     $1,453,968      $1,304,530     $2,100,190        $2,439,759
Gross Profit                     249,130         147,022        795,390         1,042,317
Net Income (Loss)               (470,229)       (435,311)        62,410           239,813
Earnings (loss) per
 common share                     (0.07)          (0.07)           0.01              0.04
Weighted average
 number of common
 shares outstanding            6,379,900       6,508,607      6,793,267         6,879,147


1996

Net Sales                     $2,032,637      $1,887,799     $2,487,985        $1,712,763
Gross Profit                   1,101,895       1,086,215      1,064,531           459,321
Net Income (Loss)                 80,435         155,726        187,845         (232,012)
Earnings (loss) per
 common share                       0.02            0.02           0.03            (0.04)
Weighted average
 number of common
 shares outstanding            5,340,000       6,299,389      6,324,389         6,374,389

</TABLE>

                                      F-32

<PAGE>
No underwriter,  dealer,  salesperson or
other pers n has been authorized to give
any   information   or   to   make   any
representations    other    than   those
contained  in this  prospectus  and,  if
given or made, such other information or              THE SOURCE INFORMATION
representations  must not be relied upon                MANAGEMENT COMPANY
as having been authorized by the Company
or any Underwriter. Neither the delivery
of this  Prospectus  nor any  sale  made
hereunder      shall,      under     any
circumstances,  create  any  implication
that  there  has been no  change  in the
affairs  of the  Company  since the date
hereof or that the information contained                 2,000,000 SHARES
herein  is   correct   as  of  any  date
subsequent  to  the  date  hereof.  This
Prospectus  does not constitute an offer                   COMMON STOCK
to sell or a solicitation of an offer to
buy any  securities  offered  hereby  by
anyone in any jurisdiction in which such
offer or  solicitation is not authorized
or in which the person making such offer
or  solicitation  is not qualified to do
so or to anyone  to whom it is  unlawful
to make such offer or solicitation.

   --------------------------------

         TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   Page

Prospectus Summary .............
Risk Factors....................                             ---------
Use of Proceeds ................                        P R O S P E C T U S
Price Range of Common Stock.....                             ---------
Dividend Policy.................
Capitalization .................
Selected Consolidated Financial
 Data ..........................
Management's Discussion and 
 Analysis of Financial 
 Condition and Results of
 Operations ....................
Business .......................
Management .....................
Principal and Selling 
 Shareholders ..................
Description of Capital 
 Stock .........................                           DONALD & CO.
Certain Provisions of the                                SECURITIES, INC.
 Articles of Incorporation
 and Bylaws.....................
Shares Eligible for Future
 Sale ..........................
Underwriting ...................
Legal Matters ..................
Experts  .......................
Available Information ..........
Index to Consolidated 
 Financial Statements ..........

                                                                     , 1997
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         Sections 351.355(1) and (2) of The General and Business Corporation Law
of the State of Missouri provide that a corporation may indemnify any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or  completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was
a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation,  or is or was serving
at the request of the corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other  enterprise,
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,  fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with
such  action,  suit or  proceeding  if the  person  acted in good faith and in a
manner  the  person  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to the best
interests  of the  corporation  and,  with  respect  to any  criminal  action or
proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to  believe  such  person's  conduct  was
unlawful,  except  that,  in  the  case  of an  action  or  suit  by  or in  the
right of,the corporation, the corporation may not indemnify such persons against
judgments and fines and no person shall be indemnified as to any claim, issue or
matter  as to which  such  person  shall  have  been  adjudged to be liable  for
negligence  or  misconduct  in the  performance  of  the  person's  duty  to the
corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or
suit was  brought  determines  upon  application  that such person is fairly and
reasonably  entitled  to  indemnity  for  proper  expenses.  Section  351.355(3)
provides that, to the extent that a director,  officer, employee or agent of the
corporation  has been  successful  in the  defense of any such  action,  suit or
proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the person shall
be  indemnified  against  expenses,  including  attorney's  fees,  actually  and
reasonably  incurred  by such person in  connection  with such  action,  suit or
proceeding.   Section  351.355(7)   provides  that  a  corporation  may  provide
additional  indemnification to any person  indemnifiable under subsection (1) of
(2), provided such additional indemnification is authorized by the corporation's
articles of incorporation or an amendment  thereto or by a  shareholder-approved
bylaw or  agreement,  and  provided-further  that no  person  shall  thereby  be
indemnified  against conduct which was finally  adjudged to  have been knowingly
fraudulent,  deliberately  dishonest  or willful  misconduct  or which  involves
an-accounting-for  profits  pursuant  to  Section  16(b)  of the  Exchange  Act.
Paragraph 9 of the Articles of  Incorporation of the Company permits the Company
to enter into agreements with its directors,  officers,  employees and agents to
provide such  indemnification as deemed  appropriate.  Paragraph 9 also provides
that the  Company  may  extend to its  directors  and  executive  officers  such
indemnification and additional indemnification.

         The Company  has entered  into an  indemnification  agreement  with its
directors and certain of its executive officers. The form of indemnity agreement
provides that such persons will be indemnified  to the full extent  permitted by
applicable  law against all expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),  judgments,
fines,  penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any  threatened,  pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding,  on account of such person's services as a
director or executive  officer of the Company or any other company or enterprise
in which he is serving at the request of the  Company,  or as a guarantor of any
debt of the  Company.  To the  extent  the  indemnification  provided  under the
agreement  exceeds that  permitted by  applicable  law,  indemnification  may be
unenforceable  or may be  limited  to the  extent  it is  found  by a  court  of
competent jurisdiction to be contrary to public policy.
         
         The Company has  procured and intends to maintain a policy of insurance
under which the directors  and officers of the Company will be insured,  subject
to the limits of the policy,  against  certain  losses  arising from claims made
against such  directors and officers by reason of any acts or omissions  covered
under such policy in their respective capacities as directors or officers.

                                      II-1

<PAGE>
Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

         The  following  table sets forth the  estimated  expenses in connection
with the issuance and  distribution  of the shares of  Preferred  Stock  offered
hereby, all of which will be paid by the Company:

         SEC Registration fee.....................................    $  3,477
         NASD Filing fee..........................................       1,508
         State securities law compliance..........................      30,000
         Listing fees.............................................       7,500
         Transfer agent fees and expenses.........................       5,000
         Printing and engraving...................................      75,000
         Legal fees and expenses..................................     100,000
         Accounting fees and expenses.............................      50,000
         Non-accountable expense allowance........................     160,000
         Miscellaneous............................................      17,515
             Total................................................    $450,000
                                                                       =======
- ---------------------------

Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

         Explanatory  Note:  The  following  share and per  share  data does not
reflect the proposed 1-to-1.21 reverse stock split.

         During  February of 1996,  the Company  issued  8,000  shares of Common
Stock to  Dennis  Mensch  for  $3.75  per  share in a  transaction  exempt  from
registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.

         During March of 1996, the Company issued 2,250, 2,250 and 500 shares of
1996 Series 7% Convertible  Preferred  Stock for $100 per share to Messrs.  Aron
Katzman, Timothy A. Braswell and Harry L. Franc, III pursuant to Section 4(2) of
the  Securities  Act of  1933.  Each  share of the 1996  Series  7%  Convertible
Preferred Stock entitles its holder to receive an annual  dividend,  when and as
declared  by the Board of  Directors,  of $7 per share  payable in shares of the
Company's Common Stock; to convert it into shares of common stock subject to the
conversion rights described in the Certificate of Designations,  Preferences and
Relative Rights of 1996 Series 7% Convertible Preferred Stock (the Certificate);
to receive $100 per share in the event of dissolution,  liquidation,  or winding
up of the  Company,  whether  voluntary or  involuntary;  and subject to certain
conditions in the Certificate, may be redeemed at the option of the Company at a
price of $100 per share within 30 days  following the effective date of a merger
or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity.

         In a series of transactions,  taking place in August 1996 and September
1996, exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of
1933, the Company issued 5,082 shares of Common Stock to Financial Power Network
in exchange for $21,600 of marketing services.

         During June 1996,  the Company issued 100,000 shares of Common Stock to
James W. Looman in connection with the purchase of Magazine Marketing, Inc. in a
transaction exempt from registration  pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act of 1933.

                                      II-2

<PAGE>
         Also,  during June 1996,  the Company  issued  111,245 shares of Common
Stock to United  Magazine  Company in  connection  with the  purchase of Readers
Choice, Inc. in a transaction exempt from registration  pursuant to Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act of 1933.

Item 27.  Exhibits

Exhibit
Number                              Description

1.1      Form Underwriting Agreement
2.1      Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 24, 1997 among 
         Michael Kessler, Mike Kessler and Associates, Inc., The
         Source Company and K-Sub, Inc.
2.2      First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of 
         May 19, 1997, among Michael and Loretta B. Kessler, Mike
         Kessler and Associates, Inc. and The Source Company         
3.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Company
3.2      Bylaws of the Company
3.3      Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of the Company
4.1      Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.4      Form of Representative's Warrants
5.1      Opinion of Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.
10.1     Form of Promissory Notes with S. Leslie Flegel and
           Dwight DeGolia
10.2     Form of Indemnity Agreement with Officers and Directors
10.3     Lease Agreement dated June 28, 1991 with 711 Gallimore
           Partnership
10.6     Lease Agreement dated January 1, 1993 with Robert B. Dixon
10.8     Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
           January 1, 1994, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.9     Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
           January 1, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.10    Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
           April 1, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.11    Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
           April 25, 1996, with 711 Gallimore  Partnership  
10.12    Stock Acquisition Agreement dated June 20, 1996
           among James Looman, Magazine Marketing, Inc. and
           The Source Company
10.13    $8,700,000 Credit Agreement dated as of November 14,
            1996 between The Source Company and Wachovia Bank of
            North Carolina, N.A.
10.14    Amendment to Credit Agreement dated December 19, 1996
            by and between The Source Company and Wachovia Bank of
            North Carolina, N.A.
10.15    Amendment to Credit Agreement dated January 31, 1997
            by and between The Source Company and Wachovia Bank of
            North Carolina, N.A.
10.16    The Source Company Common Stock Award Plan.


                                      II-3

<PAGE>
10.17    The Source Company 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan.
10.18    Employment Agreement, effective February 1, 1996, with 
            John P. Watkins
10.19    Employment Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995, with
            Robert G. Shupe
10.20    Agreement with Dwight L. DeGolia
10.21    Front End Management Agreement with Kmart Corporation
10.22    Amendment to Credit Agreement dated July 31, 1997 by and
            between The Source Company and Wachovia Bank, N.A.
10.23    Form of Financial Consulting Agreement with Donald & Co.
            Securities, Inc. (to be filed by Amendment)
11.1     Statement Regarding Computation of Earnings Per Share
21.1     Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1     Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
23.3     Consent of Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.
            (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1     Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
27.1     Financial Data Schedule (Filed in EDGAR version only)

Item 28.  Undertakings

         (a)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers and
controlling  persons of the small  business  issuer  pursuant  to the  foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the
opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other
than the payment by the small business issuer of expenses  incurred or paid by a
director,  officer or  controlling  person of the small  business  issuer in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the  matter  has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

         (b) If the issuer  relies on Rule 430A under the  Securities  Act, that
the small business issuer will:

                  (1) For  determining  any liability  under the Securities Act,
         treat the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
         of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
         in a form of prospectus  filed by the small business  issuer under Rule
         424(b)(1),  or (4), or 497(h) under the  Securities Act as part of this
         registration  statement  as of the  time  the  Commission  declared  it
         Effective.

                  (2) For  determining  any liability  under the Securities Act,
         treat each post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus
         as a new  registration  statement  for the  securities  offered  in the
         registration statement, and that offering of the securities at the time
         as the initial bona fide offering of those securities.


                                      II-5

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and has authorized this Registration
Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  in the County of St.
Louis, State of Missouri, on the 31st day of July, 1997.

                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY



                                       By: /s/  S. Leslie Flegel
                                          --------------------------------------
                                           S. Leslie Flegel
                                           Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

         Each of the  undersigned  hereby appoints S. Leslie Flegel and W. Brian
Ro gers,  and each of them (with  full power to act  alone),  as  attorneys  and
agents  for the  undersigned,  with full power of  substitution,  for and in the
name, place and stead of the  undersigned,  to sign and file with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 any and all amendments
and  exhibits  to the  Registration  Statement  and any  and  all  applications,
instruments  and other  documents to be filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with
full power to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite or
desirable.

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated:

         Signature                             Title                  Date


/s/ S. Leslie Flegel                Chief Executive Officer       July 31, 1997
- -------------------------------     and Chairman of the Board
S. Leslie Flegel                    (principal executive officer)


/s/ W. Brian Rodgers                Chief Financial Officer       July 31, 1997
- -------------------------------     (principal financial and
W. Brian Rodgers                    accounting officer)


/s/ William H. Lee                  President, Chief Operating    July 31, 1997
- -------------------------------     Officer and Director
William H. Lee 


/s/ Timothy A. Braswell             Director                      July 14, 1997
- -------------------------------
Timothy A. Braswell


/s/ Harry L. "Terry" Franc, III     Director                      July 31, 1997
- -------------------------------
Harry L. "Terry" Franc, III


/s/ Aron Katzman                    Director                      July 31, 1997
- -------------------------------
Aron Katzman

                                      II-5

<PAGE>

/s/ Randall Minix                   Director                      July 31, 1997
- -------------------------------
Randall Minix

                                      II-6

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number                         Description                               Page

1.1               Form of Underwriting Agreement

2.1(1)            Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 24, 1997 
                  among Michael Kessler, Mike Kessler and Associates, 
                  Inc., The Source Company and K-Sub, Inc.

2.2(1)            First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement dated as
                  of May 19, 1997, among Michael and Loretta B. Kessler, 
                  Mike Kessler and Associates, Inc. and The Source Company

3.1(2)            Articles of Incorporation of the Company

3.2(2)            Bylaws of the Company

3.3               Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of the Company

4.1               Form of Common Stock Certificate

4.4               Form of Representative's Warrants

5.1               Opinion of Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.

10.1(2)           Form of Promissory Notes with S. Leslie Flegel and
                  Dwight DeGolia

10.2(2)           Form of Indemnity Agreement with Officers and Directors

10.3(2)           Lease Agreement dated June 28, 1991 with 711 Gallimore
                  Partnership

10.6(2)           Lease Agreement dated January 1, 1993 with Robert B.
                  Dixon

10.8(3)           Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
                  January 1, 1994, with 711 Gallimore Partnership

10.9(3)           Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
                  January 1, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership

10.10(3)          Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
                  April 1, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership

10.11(3)          Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
                  April 25, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership

10.12(4)          Stock Acquisition Agreement dated June 20, 1996
                  among James Looman, Magazine Marketing, Inc. and
                  The Source Company

                                       E-1

<PAGE>
10.13(4)          $8,700,000 Credit Agreement dated as of November
                  14, 1996 between The Source Company and Wachovia
                  Bank of North Carolina, N.A.

10.14(4)          Amendment to Credit Agreement dated December 19, 
                  1996 by and between The Source Company and Wachovia
                  Bank of North Carolina, N.A.

10.15(4)          Amendment to Credit Agreement dated January 31, 1997
                  by and between The Source Company and Wachovia Bank
                  of North Carolina, N.A.

10.16(5)          The Source Company Common Stock Award Plan

10.17(5)          The Source Company 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan

10.18             Employment Agreement, effective February 1, 1996, with 
                  John P. Watkins

10.19             Employment Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995, with
                  Robert G. Shupe

10.20             Agreement with Dwight L. DeGolia

10.21             Front End Management Agreement with Kmart Corporation

10.22             Amendment to Credit Agreement dated July 31, 1997 by
                  and between The Source Company and Wachovia Bank, N.A.

10.23             Form of Financial Consulting Agreement with Donald & Co.
                  Securities, Inc. (to be filed by Amendment)

11.1(4)           Statement Regarding Computation of Earnings Per Share

21.1              Subsidiaries of the Company

23.1              Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP

23.3              Consent of Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.
                    (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1              Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

27.1(6)           Financial Data Schedules

- ----------------------------

(1)      Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K, filed on June 13, 1997.

(2)      Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form 10-SB (File
         no. 0-26238) first filed on June 12, 1995.

(3)      Incorporated  by  reference  to Form  10-KSB for the fiscal  year ended
         January 31, 1996.


                                       E-2

<PAGE>
(4)      Incorporated  by  reference  to Form  10-KSB for the fiscal  year ended
         January 31, 1997.

(5)      The Source  Company Common Stock Award Plan and The Source Company 1995
         Incentive Stock Option Plan incorporated by reference to Form S-8 (File
         No.  333-16039)  filed on November  13,  1996,  as exhibits 4.4 and 4.5
         thereof, respectively.

(6)      Incorporated  by  reference  to Form  10-KSB for the fiscal  year ended
         January  31,  1997 and to Form  10-QSB for the period  ended  April 30,
         1997.



                                       E-3

                                2,000,000 Shares

                    The Source Information Management Company

                                  Common Stock


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                            ___________, 1997

Donald & Co. Securities Inc.
   As Representative of the Underwriters
   named in Schedule I hereto
65 East 55th Street
New York, New York  10022

Dear Sirs:

         The Source Information  Management Company, a Missouri corporation (the
"Company"),  hereby  confirms its agreement  with Donald & Co.  Securities  Inc.
(being referred to herein  variously as "you" or the  "Representative")  and the
other  underwriters  named in  Schedule I hereto (the  "Representative"  and the
other underwriters being collectively called the "Underwriters") as follows:

     1. Introductory. Pursuant to the terms of this Underwriting Agreement (this
"Agreement"), the Company proposes to issue and sell, severally and not jointly,
to the  Underwriters  2,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par value, of the
Company (the "Common  Stock").  In addition,  solely for the purpose of covering
over-allotments,  the  shareholders  of the Company  named in Schedule II hereto
(the "Selling  Shareholders")  propose to grant to the Representative the option
to purchase up to an additional 300,000 shares of
<PAGE>
Common Stock ("Additional  Stock").  The Common Stock to be sold by the Company,
excluding the Additional  Stock,  is herein called the "Firm Stock".  The Common
Stock is more fully described in the Prospectus referred to below.

     2.           Representations and Warranties

         The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters that:

     The Company has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission") a registration  statement,  and amendments  thereto,  on Form SB-2
(File No. 333-___),  including any related preliminary prospectus  ("Preliminary
Prospectus"),  for the  registration of the Firm Stock and the Additional  Stock
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").  The Company will not,
before the registration statement becomes effective (the "Effective Date"), file
any other amendment to said registration statement to which you shall reasonably
object in writing  after being  furnished  with a copy  thereof.  Copies of such
registration  statement and all amendments thereto, and all forms of the related
Preliminary  Prospectus contained therein,  previously filed by the Company with
the Commission, have heretofore been delivered to you. Except as the context may
otherwise require,  such registration  statement,  as amended,  on file with the
Commission at the time the registration  statement becomes effective  (including
the prospectus,  financial statements, exhibits and all other documents filed as
a part thereof and all  information  deemed to be a part thereof as of such time
pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the General Rules and  Regulations  of
the  Commission  under  the  Act  (the  "Regulations"))  is  herein  called  the
"Registration  Statement".  The prospectus in the form filed with the Commission
pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Regulations is herein called the "Prospectus".

          (1) Neither the Commission nor any "Blue Sky" or securities  authority
of any  jurisdiction has issued an order preventing or suspending the use of any
Preliminary  Prospectus  relating  to the  proposed  offering  of the  Stock and
Additional  Stock  or  has  instituted   proceedings  for  that  purpose.   Each
Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing with the Commission, contained all
material  statements  which are required to be stated therein in accordance with
the Act and the  Regulations,  and  conformed in all material  respects with the
requirements  of the Act and the  Regulations  and did not  include  any  untrue
statement of a material  fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein, in the light of the
circumstances  under  which they were made,  not  misleading.  The  Registration
Statement at the time it becomes  effective and the Prospectus at the time it is
filed with the  Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date (and
the  Additional  Closing Date, if any,  determined  as  hereinafter  provided in
Section 3) will contain all  material statements which are required to be stated

<PAGE>
therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations, and will in all material
respects  conform to the  requirements of the Act and the  Regulations,  and the
Registration  Statement and the Prospectus will not, on such dates,  include any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in light of
the  circumstances  under which they were made, not  misleading,  except that no
representations  or warranties  are made with respect to statements or omissions
made in reliance upon and in conformity  with written  information  furnished to
the  Company  by or on  behalf of any  Underwriter  through  the  Representative
expressly for use in the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any amendment
or supplement thereto.

          (2) The Company has been duly  organized and is validly  existing as a
corporation  in good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Each of
K-Sub, Inc., L- Sub, Inc., Readers Choice,  Inc., Magazine Marketing,  Inc., The
Source-Canada Corp. and Mike Kessler and Associates, Inc. is a subsidiary of the
Company  (collectively,  the  "Subsidiaries") and has been duly organized and is
validly  existing  as a  corporation  in good  standing  under  the  laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation. The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all
of the  capital  stock of each of the  Subsidiaries.  All such shares of capital
stock so owned are validly issued and outstanding,  fully paid and nonassessable
and are owned free and clear of any liens,  encumbrances or other  restrictions.
The Company and each of the Subsidiaries are duly qualified and in good standing
as foreign  corporations in all jurisdictions where the character or location of
their  properties  (owned or leased) or the nature of their  business makes such
qualification necessary, except where the failure so to qualify would not have a
material  adverse  effect on the business,  properties,  results of  operations,
condition (financial or otherwise),  affairs or prospects of the Company and the
Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse  Effect").  The Company and
each of the Subsidiaries have all requisite  corporate power and authority,  and
all necessary  authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,  certificates and
permits of and from all  governmental  regulatory  officials and bodies,  to own
their respective properties and conduct their respective businesses as described
in  the   Prospectus,   and  the  Company   has  all  such   power,   authority,
authorizations,  approvals, orders, licenses,  certificates and permits to enter
into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions  hereof.  The
Company and each of the Subsidiaries own, or possess adequate rights to use, all
patents, trademarks, service marks and other rights necessary for the conduct of
their business as described in the  Prospectus and neither the Company,  nor any
of the  Subsidiaries  nor any  officer or  director of the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries  has  received any notice of conflict  with the asserted  rights of
others in any respect which would have a Material Adverse Effect, and none knows
any basis therefor. The Company has no subsidiaries other then the Subsidiaries.

          (3) The Company and the  Subsidiaries  have either good and marketable
title in fee simple to, or valid and enforceable leasehold estates in, all items
of real  property and personal property which are stated in the Prospectus to be

<PAGE>
owned or leased by it, in each case free and clear of all  liens,  encumbrances,
claims, security interests,  subleases and defects, other than those referred to
in the Prospectus and those which do not have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of
the Company and the  Subsidiaries has the right to operate all of its facilities
in their present locations and the operation of such facilities does not violate
in any material  respect the provisions of any lease with respect  thereto which
the Company, any of the Subsidiaries or any third party is a party.

          (4) There is no litigation or governmental  proceeding  pending or, to
the knowledge of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries,  threatened against, or
involving the properties or business of, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries,
nor are there any actions, suits or proceedings related to environmental matters
or related to  discrimination  on the basis of age, sex, religion or race and no
labor  disturbance  by the  employees of the Company  exist,  which could have a
Material Adverse Effect, except as referred to in the Prospectus.

          (5)  All  contracts,   agreements,  documents  and  other  instruments
required to be filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement have been filed
with the Commission as exhibits thereto.

          (6) The consolidated  financial  statements  together with the related
notes of the Company and the Subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement
and  Prospectus  present  fairly the  consolidated  financial  position  and the
consolidated  results of operations of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  at the
respective  dates and for the respective  periods to which they apply;  and such
financial statements and related schedules have been prepared in conformity with
generally accepted accounting  principles,  consistently  applied throughout the
periods  involved.  The  capitalization  of the Company,  as set forth under the
caption  "Capitalization" in the Prospectus,  was as so described on the date of
which it is set forth therein.

          (7) BDO Seidman, LLP, whose reports are filed with the Commission as a
part of the Registration  Statement,  are independent accountants as required by
the Act and the Regulations.

          (8)  Except  for the  shares  of  capital  stock of the  Subsidiaries,
neither the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries  owns,  directly or indirectly,
any  shares of stock or any other  securities  of any  corporation  nor does the
Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  have  any  equity  interest  in any  firm,
partnership,  joint venture,  association or other entity, except as referred to
in the Prospectus.

          (9) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which  information is set
forth in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospective,  there  has been no
material  adverse  change in the business,  properties,  results of  operations,

<PAGE>
condition (financial or otherwise),  affairs or prospects of the Company and the
Subsidiaries,  taken  as a  whole,  except  as  referred  to  therein;  and  the
outstanding  debt,  the property and the business of the Company and each of the
Subsidiaries  conform  in all  material  respects  to the  descriptions  thereof
contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

          (10) No default exists, and no event has occurred which with notice or
lapse of time, or both, would  constitute a default,  in the due performance and
observance of any term, covenant or condition of any indenture,  mortgage,  deed
of trust,  note,  bank  loan or  credit  agreement  or any  other  agreement  or
instrument  to which the  Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  is a party or by
which  any of them or any of their  property  may be bound  or  affected,  which
default would have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (11) Neither the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries  is in breach of
any term or  provision of its  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  by-laws or other
charter documents and in violation of any franchise,  license, permit, judgment,
decree,  order,  statute,  rule or  regulation,  which  violation  is a Material
Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is in violation
of any laws, ordinances,  governmental rules or regulations to which any of them
is subject,  which violation is a Material  Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company
nor any of the  Subsidiaries  has not  failed to obtain any  licenses,  permits,
franchises  or other  governmental  authorizations  materially  necessary to the
ownership of its property or to the conduct of its business.

          (12)  Neither  the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement,  the
Representative's  Warrant  Agreement (as defined in Section 3(h) hereof) and the
Financial  Consulting  Agreement  (as  defined  in  Section  5(t)  hereof),  the
consummation of the transactions herein or therein contemplated,  nor compliance
with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof will conflict with, or result in
a breach of any of the terms,  provisions or conditions  of the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  by-laws or other charter  documents of the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Representative's
Warrant Agreement and the Financial  Consulting  Agreement,  the consummation of
the transactions herein or therein  contemplated,  and compliance with the terms
and  provisions  hereof or thereof will not conflict with, or result in a breach
of, or constitute a default under any of the terms,  provisions or conditions of
any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a
party or by which any of them or any of their properties is bound,  except where
such conflict,  breach or default would not have a Material  Adverse Effect,  or
violate any franchise,  license, permit, judgment,  decree, order, statute, rule
or  regulation  of  any  government,  governmental  authority  or  court  having
jurisdiction  over the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  except  where such
violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (13) The Company has all  requisite  corporate  power and authority to


<PAGE>
execute,   deliver  and  perform  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  the
Representative's  Warrant Agreement and the Financial  Consulting  Agreement and
this  Agreement,  the  Representative's  Warrant  Agreement  and  the  Financial
Consulting  Agreement have been duly  authorized,  executed and delivered by the
Company and constitute  legal,  valid and binding  agreements of the Company and
are enforceable  against the Company in accordance with their  respective  terms
except  as   enforceability   may  be   limited   by   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally,  and
except insofar as the  enforceability  of the  indemnification  and contribution
terms may be limited by applicable law or public policy.

          (14)  All  of  the  issued  shares  of  Common  Stock,  including  the
Additional  Stock,  have been duly  authorized  and validly issued and are fully
paid and  nonassessable and free of preemptive  rights;  the Firm Stock has been
duly  authorized  and,  when  issued  and  delivered  in  accordance  with  this
Agreement,  will be validly  issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  and free of
preemptive rights. The Company's capital stock conforms in all material respects
to all statements in relation thereto  contained in the  Registration  Statement
and Prospectus.  The holders of all  outstanding  preferred stock of the Company
have  agreed to convert  such  preferred  stock into  Common  Stock prior to the
Effective Date. Any provision in the Certificate of Incorporation,  the by-laws,
any contract or other instrument  regarding the preemptive  rights of the Common
Stock has been waived and will be terminated as of the Closing Date.

          (15) The  warrants  that will be issued  pursuant  to the terms of the
Representative's  Warrant Agreement (the "Representative's  Warrants") have been
duly and validly  authorized  by the  Company  and upon  delivery to you against
payment  therefore  and  otherwise in  accordance  with this  Agreement  and the
Representative's  Warrant  Agreement  will be duly  issued and legal,  valid and
binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance
with  their  terms  except  as  enforceability  may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization  or other similar laws affecting  creditors'  rights
generally.

          (16) The Common Stock  underlying the  Representative's  Warrants (the
"Representative's  Warrant  Stock") has been duly  authorized  and  reserved for
issuance upon exercise of the Representative's  Warrants,  and, when issued upon
payment of the exercise price therefor,  will be validly issued,  fully paid and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock and free of pre-emptive rights.

     (1) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which  information is given in
the  Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus,  and except as may  otherwise  be
indicated or contemplated herein or therein,  neither the Company nor any of the
Subsidiaries has (i) issued any securities  except  securities  issued under the
Company's  employee  benefit plans and as provided herein or in the Registration
Statement,  or incurred any liability or obligation,  direct or contingent,  for
borrowed money, (ii)  entered into  any material transaction not in the ordinary

<PAGE>
course of business,  (iii) entered into any transaction with an affiliate of the
Company other than one or more of the Subsidiaries, or (iv) declared or paid any
dividend on its shares of Common Stock.

               (1) The  Company  has  obtained  as of the  date  hereof  lock-up
agreements, satisfactory to the Representative, with respect to the Common Stock
from all of the Company's  directors,  executive  officers and  stockholders who
beneficially own five percent (5%) or more of the Company's  outstanding  Common
Stock.

               (2) No  consent,  authorization  or  approval  is  required to be
obtained by the Company from any Federal,  state or local governmental agency or
body in order to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  herein  or in the
Registration Statement, other than such consents, authorizations or approvals as
have been obtained.

               (3) No person  holds a right to  require  or  participate  in the
registration  under the Act of any  securities  of the Company to be effected by
the Registration  Statement,  which right has not been duly waived by the holder
thereof as of the date hereof. The Company does not have outstanding, and at the
Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if any, will not have outstanding,
any options to  purchase,  or any rights or warrants  to  subscribe  for, or any
securities or obligations  convertible  into, or any contracts or commitments to
issue or sell,  shares of its  Common  Stock or any such  warrants,  convertible
securities or obligations, except as referred to in the Prospectus.

               (4) The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has timely filed all
Federal,  state,  and local tax returns  which are  required to be filed and has
paid all taxes shown on such returns and all  assessments  received by it to the
extent that the same have become due, except any being contested in good faith.

          (2)  To  the  knowledge  and  belief  of the  Company's  officers  and
directors (such officers and directors having made reasonable investigation with
respect  thereto),  neither the  Company,  nor any of the  Subsidiaries  nor any
officer, director or employee of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries has made
any payment of funds of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries or purchased any
property  with  funds  of the  Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  in a manner
prohibited  by law,  and no funds of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  or
property purchased with funds of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries has been
set aside to be used for any payment prohibited by law.

          (3) Except as set forth in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,
the Company  does not know of any claims for services in the nature of a finders
fee,  brokerage  fee or otherwise  with  respect to this  offering for which the
Company, any of the Subsidiaries or you may be responsible.


<PAGE>
               (1)The  Company  has  obtained  from such key  executives  as are
designated  by  the  Representative   (the  "Key  Employees")  new  or  modified
employment   agreements   upon  terms   agreeable   to  the   Company   and  the
Representative,   including,   without  limitation,   the  term,   compensation,
arrangement  and  restrictive  covenants.  The Company has obtained key man life
insurance upon the lives of the Key Employees in face amounts mutually agreeable
to the Company and the Representative.

          (4)  Application  for  quotation  of the  Common  Stock on The  Nasdaq
SmallCap Market and application for listing on the Boston Stock Exchange and the
Pacific Stock Exchange have each been approved, subject to notice of issuance.

          (b)  Each of the  Selling  Shareholders,  severally  and not  jointly,
represents  and warrants to the  Representative  and the Company  that: 

          (5) All consents,  approvals,  authorizations and orders necessary for
the execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of this Agreement and the
Power of Attorney  (the "Power of  Attorney")  and the  Custody  Agreement  (the
"Custody  Agreement")  hereinafter referred to, and for the sale and delivery of
the Additional Stock to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder, have been
obtained;  and such Selling  Shareholder has full right,  power and authority to
enter into this Agreement,  the Power of Attorney and the Custody  Agreement and
to sell,  assign,  transfer and deliver the Additional  Stock to be sold by such
Selling Shareholder hereunder.

          (6)  The  sale of the  Additional  Stock  to be  sold by such  Selling
Shareholder  hereunder  and the  performance  of this  Agreement,  the  Power of
Attorney and the Custody  Agreement  and the  consummation  of the  transactions
herein and therein contemplated do not and will not conflict with or result in a
breach or  violation  of any of the terms or  provisions  of,  or  constitute  a
default  under or give rise to  rights  of  termination  under,  any  indenture,
mortgage,  deed of  trust,  voting  agreement,  loan  agreement,  note or  other
evidence  of  indebtedness,  lease,  sublease,  contract or other  agreement  or
instrument to which such Selling Shareholder is a party or by which such Selling
Shareholder  or any of such  Selling  Shareholder's  properties  is  bound,  the
certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws of such Selling Shareholder
if such Selling Shareholder is a corporation,  the partnership agreement of such
Selling  Shareholder  if  such  Selling  Shareholder  is a  partnership,  or any
applicable  law,  rule,  regulation,  judgment,  order or decree  of any  court,
government  or  governmental   instrumentality,   domestic  or  foreign,  having
jurisdiction  over such  Selling  Shareholder  or the  property of such  Selling
Shareholder.

          (7) Such Selling  Shareholder has, and at the Additional  Closing Date
(as defined in Section 3 hereof),  such Selling  Shareholder will have, good and

<PAGE>
valid  title  to the  Additional  Stock to be sold by such  Selling  Shareholder
hereunder, free and clear of all liens,  encumbrances,  equities or claims; and,
upon delivery of such Additional  Stock and payment  therefor  pursuant  hereto,
good and valid  title to such  Additional  Stock  free and  clear of all  liens,
encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the Representative.

          (8) Such Selling Shareholder has delivered to the Representative on or
before  the  date of this  Agreement,  an  agreement  satisfactory  in form  and
substance to the Representative,  whereby such Selling Shareholder agrees, for a
period of _____ days after the commencement of the public offering of the Stock,
not to  offer,  sell,  contract  to sell or  grant an  option  relating  to,  or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, directly or indirectly, without
the Representative's prior written consent.

          (9) Such Selling Shareholder has not taken and will not take, directly
or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which
might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation
of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate  the sale or resale of
the Additional Stock.

          (10) All information  regarding such Selling Stockholder  contained in
the  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus and any amendment or supplement
thereto does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material  fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading.

          In  order  to  document  the  Representative's   compliance  with  the
reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility
Act of 1982  with  respect  to the  transactions  herein  contemplated,  each of
Selling Shareholders agree to deliver to the Representatives  prior to or at the
Additional Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury
Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury
Department regulations in lieu thereof).

          Each  of  the  Selling  Shareholders   represents  and  warrants  that
certificates in negotiable form  representing  all of the Additional Stock to be
sold by such Selling  Shareholder  hereunder have been placed in custody under a
Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to the Representative,  duly
executed     and     delivered     by    such     Selling     Shareholder     to
__________________________,  as  custodian  (the  "Custodian"),  and  that  such
Selling Shareholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney,  in the
form  heretofore  furnished  to  the  Representative,   appointing  the  persons
indicated in Schedule II hereto, and each of them, as such Selling Shareholder's
attorneys-in-fact  (the  "Attorneys-in-Fact")  with  authority  to  execute  and
deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling  Shareholder,  to determine the
purchase price to be paid by the  Representative to the Selling  Shareholders as
provided in Section 3 hereof,  to authorize the delivery of the Additional Stock

<PAGE>
to be sold by such Selling Shareholder  hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf
of such Selling Shareholder in connection with the transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement and the Custody Agreement.

          Each  of  the  Selling  Shareholders   specifically  agrees  that  the
Additional  Stock  represented  by the  certificates  held in  custody  for such
Selling  Shareholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of
the  Representative  hereunder,  and that the arrangements  made by such Selling
Shareholder for such custody and the appointment by such Selling  Shareholder of
the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney,  are to that extent irrevocable.
Each of the Selling Shareholders specifically agrees that the obligations of the
Selling  Shareholders  hereunder  shall not be  terminated  by operation of law,
whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling  Shareholder or, in
the case of a corporation,  partnership,  joint venture or business association,
by the merger,  reorganization or dissolution of such Selling Shareholder, or by
the occurrence of any other event. If any individual Selling  Shareholder should
die or become incapacitated,  or in the case of a Selling Shareholder which is a
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture or business  association  such Selling
Shareholder  should merge,  reorganize  or dissolve,  or if any such other event
should occur before the delivery of the Additional Stock hereunder, certificates
representing  the  Additional  Stock shall be  delivered  by or on behalf of the
Selling  Shareholders  in  accordance  with the  terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement and the Custody Agreement,  and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact
pursuant  to the  Powers  of  Attorney  shall  be as  valid  as if  such  death,
incapacity,  merger,  reorganization  or  dissolution  or  other  event  had not
occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact,  or
any of them,  shall have  received  notice of such  death,  incapacity,  merger,
reorganization, dissolution or other event.


     3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Firm Stock and Additional Stock.

          (1)  On  the  basis  of  the  representations  and  warranties  herein
contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company
agrees  to  sell,  severally  and  not  jointly,  to the  Underwriters,  and the
Underwriters,  severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company, at
a purchase  price of $_____  per  share,  the number of shares of Firm Stock set
forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I.

          (a) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of, the Firm Stock
shall be made at your  discretion  by wire  transfer or by certified or official
bank check in New York Clearing  House funds or similar next day funds,  payable
to the order of the Company at the offices of Donald & Co.  Securities  Inc., 65
East 55th Street,  New York, New York,  through the facilities of the Depository
Trust  Company,  or such other  place as shall be agreed  upon  between us. Such
delivery  and payment  shall be made at 9:00 A.M.,  New York time,  on the third
business day following the Effective Date; provided, however, that such date may

<PAGE>
be extended for  not  more  than  an additional   five   business  days  by  the
Representative or in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(c) hereof.  The
hour and date of such delivery and payment are herein called the "Closing Date".

          (b) Certificates evidencing the Firm Stock shall be registered in such
name or names and in such authorized denominations as you may request in writing
at least two full  business  days prior to the Closing  Date.  The Company  will
permit you to examine and package said  certificates  at least one full business
day prior to the Closing Date.

          (c) In addition,  on the basis of the  representations  and warranties
herein contained,  but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
Selling  Shareholders,  as and to the extent  indicated on Schedule  II,  hereby
grant, severally and not jointly, to you the option to purchase all or a portion
of the Additional Stock as may be necessary to cover over-allotments at the same
purchase price per share to be paid by the  Underwriters  to the Company for the
Firm Stock as determined in this Section 3. Of the aggregate number of shares of
Additional Stock the Representative  may have elected to purchase,  100% of such
shares  shall  initially  be  purchased  from S.  Leslie  Flegel  to the  extent
indicated in Schedule II and  thereafter,  the balance of the  Additional  Stock
shall be purchased from the remaining  Selling  Shareholders,  pro rata based on
the number of shares of Additional  Stock to be sold by such  remaining  Selling
Shareholders.  This option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the
sale of shares of Firm Stock by the  Underwriters.  This option may be exercised
at any  time or  from  time to time on or  before  the  forty-fifth  (45th)  day
following  the Effective  Date by written  notice by the  Representative  to the
Attorneys-in-Fact  acting on behalf of the  Selling  Shareholders.  Such  notice
shall set forth the aggregate  number of shares of Additional  Stock as to which
the  option  is being  exercised,  the name or names  in  which  the  shares  of
Additional Stock are to be registered, the denominations in which the Additional
Stock is to be issued,  and the date and time, as reasonably  determined by you,
when the  Additional  Stock is to be delivered  (such date and time being herein
sometimes referred to as the "Additional Closing Date"); provided, however, that
the  Additional  Closing  Date shall not be earlier  than the  Closing  Date nor
earlier  than the third  business  day after the date on which the option  shall
have been  exercised  nor later  than the eighth  business  day after the day on
which the option shall have been exercised.

          (d) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of, the Additional
Stock  shall be made at your  discretion  by wire  transfer or by  certified  or
official bank checks in New York Clearing House funds or similar next day funds,
payable to the order of the  Company  with  respect to the shares of  Additional
Stock sold by S. Leslie Flegel and to the order of the Custodian with respect to
the remaining  Selling  Shareholders  at the offices of Donald & Co.  Securities
Inc., 65 East 55th Street,  New York,  New York,  through the  facilities of the
Depository  Trust  Company or such other place as shall be agreed  upon  between
you, the Company and the Custodian.

<PAGE>
          (e)  Certificates  evidencing the Additional Stock shall be registered
in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as you may request in
writing at least two full  business days prior to the  Additional  Closing Date.
The  Custodian  will  permit you to examine and package  said  certificates  for
delivery at least one full business day prior to the Additional Closing Date.

          (f) The Company and the Selling Shareholders shall not be obligated to
sell or deliver any shares of Firm Stock or  Additional  Stock,  as the case may
be, except upon tender of payment by the  Representative  for all the Firm Stock
or  Additional  Stock,  as the  case  may be,  agreed  to be  purchased  from it
hereunder.

          (g) On the  Closing  Date,  the  Company  shall  issue and sell to the
Representative,  at a purchase price of $0.001 per Warrant, the Representative's
Warrants.  The  Representative's  Warrants shall be exercisable  for a period of
four (4) years  commencing  one (1) year from the  Effective  Date at an initial
exercise  price equal to one hundred ______ percent (___%) of the initial public
offering price of the Firm Stock. The Representative's  Warrants shall be issued
pursuant to the terms and provisions of the  Representative's  Warrant Agreement
substantially  in the form of the  Representative's  Warrant  Agreement filed as
Exhibit  4.4  to  the  Registration  Statement  (the  "Representative's  Warrant
Agreement").

     4. Offering.  You are to make a public  offering of the Firm Stock as soon,
on or after the effective  date of the  Registration  Statement,  as you deem it
advisable so to do. The Firm Stock is to be  initially  offered to the public at
the initial public  offering price set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus
(such price being herein called the "public offering price").  You may from time
to time increase or decrease the public  offering price after the initial public
offering to such extent as you may determine.

     5. Covenants of the Company.

          The Company covenants that it will:

          (a) Use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become
effective  and will notify you  immediately,  and confirm the notice in writing,
(i) when the Registration  Statement,  or any post-effective  amendment thereto,
shall have become effective,  (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
order  or of the  initiation  or the  threatening  of any  proceedings  for that
purpose, and (iii) of the receipt of any comments by the Commission. The Company
will  prepare  and timely  file with the  Commission  under  Rule  424(b) of the
Regulations  a  Prospectus  containing  information  previously  omitted  on the
Effective Date in reliance of Rule 430A of the Regulations. The Company will use
its  best  efforts  to  prevent  the  issuance  of any stop  order or any  order

<PAGE>
preventing or  suspending  the use of the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus
and,  if such order is issued,  to obtain the  lifting  thereof as  promptly  as
possible.

          (b) During the time when a  prospectus  is  required  to be  delivered
under the Act, comply so far as it is able with all requirements imposed upon it
by the Act, as now and hereafter amended,  and by the Regulations,  as from time
to time in force,  so far as necessary to permit the  continuance of sales or of
dealings  in the Firm  Stock and the  Additional  Stock in  accordance  with the
provisions hereof and the Prospectus.  If at any time when a prospectus relating
to the Firm Stock or the Additional  Stock is required to be delivered under the
Act any event  shall  have  occurred  as a result of  which,  in the  reasonable
opinion of counsel for the Company or your counsel,  the Registration  Statement
or Prospectus as then amended or supplemented  includes an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated  therein
or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made,  not  misleading,  or it is necessary at any time to
amend or supplement the Registration  Statement or Prospectus to comply with the
Act,  the  Company  will  notify  you  promptly  and  prepare  and file with the
Commission  an  appropriate   amendment  or  supplement   (in  form   reasonably
satisfactory to you).

          (c)  Deliver  to  you  such  number  of  copies  of  each  Preliminary
Prospectus as you may reasonably  request and,  deliver to you two signed copies
of the  Registration  Statement,  including  exhibits,  and  all  post-effective
amendments thereto and such number of copies of the Prospectus, the Registration
Statement and amendments and supplements  thereto, if any, without exhibits,  as
you may reasonably request for the purposes contemplated by the Act.

          (1) Endeavor in good faith,  in  cooperation  with you, at or prior to
the time the Registration Statement becomes effective, to qualify the Firm Stock
and  the  Additional  Stock  for  offering  or sale of the  Firm  Stock  and the
Additional Stock of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably designate; provided
that no such  qualification  shall be required in any  jurisdiction  where, as a
result  thereof,  the Company would be subject to service of general  process or
would be required to become  qualified  to do business as a foreign  corporation
doing  business  in  such   jurisdiction.   In  each   jurisdiction   where  the
qualification  of the Firm Stock and  Additional  Stock shall be  effected,  the
Company will,  unless you agree that such action is not at the time necessary or
advisable,  file and make such statements or reports at such times as are or may
be reasonably required by the laws of such jurisdiction.

          (2)  Make  generally  available  to its  security  holders  and to the
Representative  as soon as  practicable,  but not later than the last day of the
fifteenth  full  calendar  month  following  the  Effective  Date,  an  earnings
statement  (which need not be certified by independent  auditors unless required
by the Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Section
ll(a) of the Act)  covering a period of at least twelve months  beginning  after
the Effective Date.

<PAGE>
          (d) For a period of __ days after the Effective Date, not issue, sell,
contract  to sell,  grant an option  for the sale of or  otherwise  dispose  of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock of the Company (or any shares
of securities  convertible into or exercisable for such Common Stock) other than
the Firm Stock and  Additional  Stock being sold by the  Company and  securities
issued pursuant to the Company's employee benefit plans or as otherwise referred
to in the Prospectus, without your prior written consent.

          (3)  For a  period  of  five  years  from  the  effective  date of the
Registration Statement, furnish you the following:

          (i) as soon as  practicable  after  they  have  been  filed  with  the
Commission,  two copies of each  annual,  quarterly  and current  report on Form
10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K (to the extent the Company shall be required to file
such reports  pursuant to the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and
the rules and regulations  thereunder  (collectively the "Exchange Act") and, as
soon as  practicable  after they have been sent by the  Company to its  security
holders,  two copies of any  communications  sent by it to its  public  security
holders generally;

          (ii) as soon as  practicable,  two copies of every  press  release and
every  material news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs
which was released by the Company; and

          (iii) such additional  non-confidential documents and information with
respect to the Company  and its affairs as you may from time to time  reasonably
request.

          (4) Apply the net proceeds  from the offering  received by the Company
in the manner set forth under "Use of  Proceeds"  in the  Prospectus  and comply
with Rule 463 under the Act.

          (5) Furnish to you as early as  practicable  prior to the Closing Date
and  Additional  Closing  Date,  as the case may be,  but no later than two full
business days prior thereto,  a copy of the latest available  unaudited  interim
financial  statements  of the Company,  if any,  which have been reviewed by the
Company's  independent  auditors,  as stated in their  letters  to be  furnished
pursuant to Section 7(f) hereof.

          (6) Not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement
or Prospectus after the Effective Date to which you shall  reasonably  object in
writing after being furnished a copy thereof.

          (e) If any  action or  proceeding  shall be brought by you in order to

<PAGE>
enforce any right or remedy under this  Agreement,  the Company hereby  consents
to, and agrees  that it will  submit to, the  jurisdiction  of the courts of the
State of New York and of any Federal court sitting in the United States District
Court for the Southern  District of New York. The Company agrees that process in
any such action or proceeding may be served in that manner  provided by New York
law for service on foreign corporations.

          (f) Comply with all registration, filing and reporting requirements of
the Exchange Act which may from time to time be applicable to the Company.

          (g)  Make all  filings  required,  including  registration  under  the
Exchange Act, to obtain and keep the quotation of its Common Stock in The Nasdaq
SmallCap  Market  and the  listing  of its  Common  Stock on the  _______  Stock
Exchange,  and effect and  maintain  such  quotation  and listing for the Common
Stock for at least five (5) years from the date of this Agreement.

                  (h) Use its best  efforts to be  included  in Standard & Poors
Corporations  Manual  as soon as  possible  following  the  Closing  Date and to
continue  to be  included  in such  Manual  for at least five (5) years from the
Effective Date.

          (7) Not later than three months  following the date of this Agreement,
cause to be delivered to you and to your  counsel,  Parker Duryee Rosoff & Haft,
four (4) bound volumes containing therein all filings,  including exhibits,  and
correspondence  to  and  from  the  Commission,   the  National  association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc,  ("NASD")  and  all  states  or  other  jurisdictions
concerning  the offering of the Firm Stock,  underwriting  documents and closing
documents, plus any other relevant material.

          (8) For a period of three (3) years from the Closing Date, engage your
designee as an advisor (the "Advisor") to the Company's Board of Directors.  The
Advisor  shall be  permitted  to  attend  meetings  of the Board and each of its
committees  and  receive  no  more  or  less  compensation  as is  equal  to the
entitlement of the Directors  including,  without  limitation,  all compensation
payable to Directors as members of the  committees of the Board or in connection
with any other Board activities; provided, however, that the Company may require
as a condition precedent that any such Advisor shall agree to hold in confidence
and trust and to act in a  fiduciary  manner  with  respect to all  information,
including,  but not limited to, trade secrets,  so received during such meetings
and may require  that such  Advisor sign a  confidentiality  agreement  with the
Company;  and,  provided,  further,  that the Company  reserves the right not to
provide  information  and to exclude  such  Advisor  from any meeting or portion
thereof if  attendance at such meeting by such Advisor or  dissemination  of any
information at such meeting to such Advisor would compromise or adversely affect
the attorney-client  privilege between the Company and its counsel, or would, in

<PAGE>
the good faith  judgment  of the Board of  Directors,  result in a  conflict  of
interest  situation.  The Company shall use its  reasonable  efforts to promptly
bring to the  attention of such Advisor any agenda item that,  in the good faith
judgment  of the  Board  of  Directors,  would  result  in such a trade  secret,
privileged matter or conflict of interest and the Board of Directors may exclude
such Advisor (or alternatively, the Advisor shall be entitled to exclude himself
or  herself)  from any  deliberation  or  discussion  of the Board of  Directors
concerning such trade secret (if the Advisor has not executed a  confidentiality
agreement),  privileged matter or conflict of interest matter and as a recipient
in the dissemination of any such information. If such Advisor in his or her good
faith  judgment  believes that an item to be discussed by the Board of Directors
would result in any conflict of interest, such Advisor shall promptly bring such
conflict to the  attention of the  Chairman of the Board.  In no event shall any
provision of this  paragraph  waive any  obligation  of  confidentiality  to the
Company owed by any such Advisor or the Representative. In addition, the Advisor
shall be entitled to receive  reimbursement for all reasonable costs incurred in
attending  such  meetings  including,  but not limited to,  food,  lodging,  and
transportation;  such costs to be subject to approval of the Company  which will
not be unreasonably withheld.

          (9) For a period of three (3) years from the Closing Date,  there will
be no less than four (4) formal,  "in person" or "telephonic"  meetings,  of the
Company's  Board of  Directors  in each such year at which  meetings the Advisor
shall be permitted to attend or  participate,  as the case may be in  accordance
with the provisions of Section 5(p);  said meetings shall be held quarterly each
year and ten (10) days' advance  notice of such  meetings  shall be given to the
Advisor.  The Advisor shall receive  notice of special  meetings of the Board of
Directors at the same time and manner as the members of the Board.

          (10) Indemnify and hold the  Representative  and the Advisor harmless,
to the full  extent  allowed by  applicable  laws,  against  any and all claims,
actions,  awards  and  judgments  arising  solely  out  of  the  attendance  and
participation  of the Advisor at any meeting  described  in Section 5(p) of this
Agreement.  In the event the  Company  maintains a  liability  insurance  policy
affording  coverage  for the acts of its  officers  and  directors,  the Company
agrees, if possible, to include the Representative and the Advisor as an insured
under such policy.

          (11) Establish and maintain during the period that the Common Stock is
listed on The Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market an  independent  audit  committee  of the
Company's Board of Directors, which committee shall meet the requirements of The
Nasdaq Stock Market.

          (i)  On  the  Closing  Date,  enter  into  a two  (2)  year  financial
consulting   agreement  with  the  Representative  (the  "Financial   Consulting
Agreement")  pursuant to which the Representative  will provide the Company with
investment  banking  and  financial  consulting  services  at a fee of  $72,000,

<PAGE>
payable  at the rate of  $3,000  per  month in  advance  of each  month  for the
twenty-four months subsequent to the Closing Date.

          (12) For a period of three (3) years from the Closing Date,  grant the
Representative a right of first refusal to act as underwriter or placement agent
on any  subsequent  public or  private  offerings  of equity or debt  securities
(excluding  sales to  employees  pursuant to the  Company's  stock  option plan,
traditional  commercial  financing  or bank  financing)  of the  Company  or any
subsidiary  or successor of the Company,  or by the Company,  its  subsidiaries,
their   affiliates  or  their  respective   officers,   directors  or  principal
stockholders.

     6.  Payment of Expenses.

          (a) The Company hereby agrees to pay,  whether or not the transactions
contemplated  hereunder are  consummated,  all expenses (other than fees of your
counsel,  except  as  provided  in  (iv)  below)  in  connection  with  (i)  the
preparation,  printing, filing and mailing of the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus,  including  the cost of all copies  thereof  and of the  Preliminary
Prospectus  and of the  Prospectus  and any  amendments or  supplements  thereto
supplied to you in quantities as hereinabove stated, (ii) the issuance, transfer
and delivery of the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock,  including any transfer
or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) printing of this Agreement,  the Agreement
Among   Underwriters,   the  Selected  Dealer   Agreement,   the   Underwriters'
Questionnaire,  the Power of Attorney and the certificates evidencing the Common
Stock,  (iv) the  qualification of the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock under
state or foreign  securities  or Blue Sky laws,  including the costs of printing
and mailing the "Blue Sky Survey," and the fees of counsel to the  Underwriters,
of which $10,000 has been paid prior to the date hereof,  and  disbursements  in
connection therewith,  (v) filing fees payable to the Commission,  the NASD, the
Boston  Stock  Exchange,  the Pacific  Stock  Exchange  and The Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market,  (vi)  arranging  and holding due diligence  meetings  with  prospective
underwriters and selected dealers,  (vii) reasonable travel and lodging incurred
by the Representative and its counsel in connection with meetings outside of New
York City, (viii) tombstone advertising and (ix) the preparation, production and
delivery of plaques and bound volumes.

          (1) The Company  further  agrees  that,  in  addition to the  expenses
payable  pursuant  to  subsection  (a) of this  Section  6,  it will  pay to the
Representative a  non-accountable  expense allowance equal to three percent (3%)
of the gross  proceeds  received by the Company  from the sale of Firm Stock and
Additional  Stock,  of which  $25,000 has been paid to date and the Company will
pay the balance on the Closing Date and any additional balance on the Additional
Closing  Date by certified  or bank  cashier's  check or, at the election of the
Representative,  by deduction  from the  proceeds of the  offering  contemplated
herein.

     7.  Conditions  of  Your   Obligations.   The  obligation  of  the  several


<PAGE>
Underwriters hereunder to purchase and pay for the Firm Stock and the Additional
Stock, as provided  herein,  shall be subject to the continuing  accuracy in all
material respects of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the
date hereof and as of the Closing Date (or the  Additional  Closing Dare, as the
case may be), to the performance by the Company in all material  respects of its
obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:

          (a) The  Registration  Statement shall have become effective not later
than 5:00 P.M.,  New York City time, on the date of this Agreement or such later
date and time as shall be  consented  to in writing by you and,  at the  Closing
Date and Additional  Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
the Registration Statement, as amended from time to time, shall have been issued
or proceeding therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission;

          (b) At the Effective Date, the Closing Date and the Additional Closing
Date,  as the case may be,  you shall have  received  the  favorable  opinion of
Gallop,  Johnson & Neuman,  L.C.,  counsel for the Company,  dated the Effective
Date,  the Closing  Date or the  Additional  Closing  Date,  as the case may be,
addressed to the Underwriters  and in form and scope  satisfactory to counsel of
the Underwriters, to the effect that:

          (i) each of the Company and the Subsidiaries (A) is a corporation duly
organized and validly  existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws
of the  jurisdiction of its  incorporation  and (B) has full corporate power and
authority  and  all  necessary  authorizations,   approvals,  orders,  licenses,
certificates and permits of and from all governmental  regulatory  officials and
bodies to own its properties and to conduct its business as now being  conducted
as described in the Prospectus; to the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither
the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries  has received any notice of proceedings
related to the revocation or modification of any authorization, approval, order,
license,  certificate,  franchise, or permit issued to any of them which, singly
or in the  aggregate,  if the  subject  of an  unfavorable  decision,  ruling or
finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect; nothing has come to the attention
of such counsel that would lead such counsel to believe that the Company and the
Subsidiaries  taken as a whole are not conducting their business in all material
respects in compliance with applicable federal,  state and local laws, rules and
regulations;  the  disclosures  in the  Registration  Statement  concerning  the
effects of federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations on the Company's
and the  Subsidiaries'  business as currently  conducted  (or as proposed in the
Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus to be  conducted)  are correct in all
material  respects  and do not  omit to  state  a fact  necessary  to  make  the
statements  contained  therein not misleading in light of the  circumstances  in
which they were made;

          (ii) each of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  is duly qualified as a
foreign  corporation  and in good  standing  in each  jurisdiction  in which its
ownership  or leasing of property or the conduct of its business  requires  such

<PAGE>
qualification,  except  where the  failure to be so  qualified  would not have a
Material Adverse Effect;

          (iii) the Company owns of record,  directly or indirectly,  all of the
capital stock of each of the  Subsidiaries;  all such shares of capital stock so
owned are validly issued and outstanding,  fully paid and nonassessable  and, to
the  knowledge of such counsel  after  inquiry,  are owned free and clear of any
liens, encumbrances or other claims or restrictions whatsoever;

          (iv) the Company has authorized and  outstanding  the capital stock as
set forth in the  Prospectus;  all the  issued  shares  of  Common  Stock of the
Company,  including the Additional Stock, have been duly and validly  authorized
and  issued and are fully paid and  nonassessable  and all the issued  shares of
Common Stock of the Company,  including the Additional Stock, and the Firm Stock
are not subject to any preemptive  rights;  the Firm Stock, the Additional Stock
and the other  capital  stock of the Company  conform as to legal matters to the
description  thereof contained under the caption  "Description of Securities" in
the Prospectus;

          (v) the  Representative's  Warrant Stock has been duly  authorized and
reserved for issuance  and,  when issued and  delivered in  accordance  with the
terms of the Representative's Warrant Agreement will be duly and validly issued,
fully paid and  nonassessable.  (vi) the Company and Selling  Shareholders  have
conveyed  to the  Underwriters  good  and  valid  title to the  Firm  Stock  and
Additional Stock, as the case may be, being sold hereunder, and to the knowledge
of such  counsel  after  inquiry,  free and  clear of any  liens,  encumbrances,
security interests and claims whatsoever; the Firm Stock and Additional Stock as
the case may be, shall be validly issued and fully paid and  nonassessable  when
issued  and paid for in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,  and the
certificates  evidencing the Firm Stock and the Additional  Stock are in due and
proper form;

          (vii) this Agreement,  the Representative's  Warrant Agreement and the
Financial Consulting  Agreement have been duly and validly authorized,  executed
and  delivered  by the Company and each is a valid and binding  agreement of the
Company   enforceable   in  accordance   with  its  terms,   except  insofar  as
indemnification  and  contribution  provisions  may be limited by applicable law
(including,  but not limited to, Federal or state  securities laws) or equitable
principles,   and  except  as  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or similar laws  affecting  creditors'
rights generally or by general equitable principles;  (viii) to the knowledge of
such counsel, there are no contracts or other documents which are required to be
filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement,  as it may then be amended or
supplemented,  or required to be  described  in the  Registration  Statement  or
Prospectus  as it may then be  amended  or  supplemented  that are not  filed or

<PAGE>
described as required;

          (ix) there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the
knowledge  of  such  counsel,  threatened  against  the  Company  or  any of the
Subsidiaries, and no statutes or regulations applicable to the Company or any of
the  Subsidiaries,  of a  character  that are  required to be  disclosed  in the
Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus,  which have not been so disclosed  and
properly described therein;

          (x) the  statements  in the  Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus,
insofar as they are descriptions of contracts, agreements or other documents, or
refer to  statements of law or legal  conclusions,  are accurate in all material
respects and present fairly the information required to be shown with respect to
such contracts, agreements or other documents;

          (xi)   the   execution   and   delivery   of   this   Agreement,   the
Representative's  Warrant Agreement and the Financial Consulting Agreement,  the
consummation  of  the   transactions   contemplated   in  this  Agreement,   the
Representative's  Warrant Agreement and the Financial Consulting Agreement,  and
compliance  with  the  terms of this  Agreement,  the  Representative's  Warrant
Agreement  and  the  Financial  Consulting  Agreement  do not and  will  not (A)
conflict  with or result in a breach  of any of the terms or  provisions  of, or
constitute  a default  (or an event  which with  notice or lapse of time or both
would constitute a default or acceleration)  under, or result in the creation or
imposition  of any lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any material  property or
assets of the  Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  pursuant to the terms of any
agreement or instrument known to such counsel and to which the Company or any of
the  Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries
may be bound or to which any of the material properties or assets of the Company
or any of the  Subsidiaries  is subject,  or any  statute or any order,  rule or
regulation  applicable to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries of any court or
of any Federal,  state or other regulatory  authority or other governmental body
having  jurisdiction  over the  Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  (provided,
however,  that such  counsel  may  render  such  opinion  on state  (other  than
Missouri), regulatory or other governmental bodies, to such counsel's knowledge)
or  (B)  result  in  any  violation  of  provisions   of  the   Certificate   of
Incorporation,  by-laws or other charter  documents of the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries;

          (xii) no  consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of any court or
governmental  agency or body is required in connection with the  consummation of
the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  the Representative's  Warrant
Agreement  and the  Financial  Consulting  Agreement,  except  such as have been
obtained or made or as may be required under the Act or state securities or Blue
Sky laws;

          (xiii) (A)  neither  the  Company  nor any of the  Subsidiaries  is in

<PAGE>
violation uof any term or provision of its Certificate of Incorporation, by-laws
or other charter documents; (B) to such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company
nor any of the  Subsidiaries  is currently in material breach of, or in material
default  (nor has an event  occurred  which with  notice,  lapse of time or both
would constitute such a material  default or acceleration)  under any indenture,
mortgage,  deed of trust, note, bank loan or credit agreement or (in any respect
that is  material  in light of the  financial  condition  of the Company and the
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole) any other agreement or instrument, known to such
counsel  after  inquiry,  to which the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  is a
party  or by  which  either  of them or any of  their  property  may be bound or
affected,  or to  such  counsel's  knowledge,  in  violation  of any  franchise,
license,  permit,  judgment,  decree, order, statute, rule or regulation,  which
violation  would  have a  Material  Adverse  Effect;  and (C) to such  counsel's
knowledge,  neither the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries has received notice
of  conflict  with  the  asserted  rights  of  others  in  respect  of  patents,
trademarks, service marks and rights necessary for the conduct of its business;

          (xiv) the Company has the right to operate  all of its  facilities  in
their present locations and the operation of its facilities in such locations as
described in the  Prospectus  does not violate the  provisions of any lease with
respect thereto to which the Company is a party;

          (xv) the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments
or supplements thereto (other than the financial  statements and other financial
and statistical data included therein,  as to which no opinion need be rendered)
comply as to form in all material  respects with the requirements of the Act and
the  Regulations  and nothing has come to the  attention of such  counsel  which
would lead them to believe that the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as
amended or  supplemented,  if amended or supplemented  (other than the financial
statements and other financial and statistical data included therein as to which
no opinion need be rendered) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or
omits to state a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to
make the statements  therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are
made, not misleading; and

          (xvi) the  Registration  Statement is effective  under the Act, and to
the best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  no  proceedings  for a stop  order  are
pending or threatened under the Act.

          In rendering the opinions set forth above,  such counsel may rely upon
certificates of officers of the Company and of public officials as to matters of
fact.  In giving the  foregoing  opinions,  such  counsel may rely on such other
counsel as it deems  advisable;  provided that such counsel shall state that, in
such  counsel's  opinion,  you are justified in relying on such opinions of such
other counsel.  Copies of all such opinions and certificates  shall be furnished
to your counsel on the Closing Date or the Additional  Closing Date, as the case
may be.

<PAGE>
          (1) On or prior to the Closing Date and the  Additional  Closing Date,
as the case may be, you shall have been furnished such  documents,  certificates
and  opinions as you may  reasonably  require for the purpose of enabling you to
review the matters referred to in subsection (b) of this Section 7, and in order
to  evidence  the  accuracy,   completeness   or  satisfaction  of  any  of  the
representations, warranties or conditions herein contained.

          (c) Prior to the Closing Date and the Additional  Closing Date, as the
case may be,  (i)  there  shall  have  been no  material  adverse  change in the
business, properties, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise),
affairs or prospects,  of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  from that as of the
latest  date  as of  which  such  condition  is set  forth  in the  Registration
Statement and Prospectus; (ii) there shall have been no transaction,  not in the
ordinary  course of business,  entered into by the Company or the  Subsidiaries,
from the latest date as of which the financial  condition of the Company and the
Subsidiaries is set forth in the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  other
than transactions referred to or contemplated therein or to which you have given
your written consent; (iii) neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries shall be in
default (nor shall an event have occurred which,  with notice,  or lapse of time
or both would constitute a default or acceleration)  under any provision of, any
agreement,  understanding or instrument  relating to any  indebtedness;  (iv) no
material amount of the  consolidated  assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries
shall have been pledged or  mortgaged,  except as set forth in the  Registration
Statement and Prospectus;  and (v) no action,  suit or proceeding,  at law or in
equity, shall have been pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,  threatened
against the Company or the Subsidiaries, or affecting any of their properties or
business  before  or by any  court or  federal,  state  or other  jurisdictional
commission,   board  or  other  administrative  agency  wherein  an  unfavorable
decision,  ruling or finding  would  materially  adversely  affect the business,
operations,  prospects or  financial  condition or income of the Company and the
Subsidiaries, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

          (d) At the Closing Date and  Additional  Closing Date, as the case may
be, you shall have  received a  certificate  of the  President and the principal
financial  or  accounting  officer of the  Company,  dated the Closing  Date and
Additional  Closing  Date,  as the  case  may be,  (i) to the  effect  that  the
conditions  set forth in  subsections  (a) and (d) above have been satisfied and
(ii) as to the accuracy,  as of the Closing Date and Additional Closing Date, as
the case may be, of the  representations and warranties of the Company set forth
in Section 2 (a) hereof.

          (e) At the time this Agreement is executed and at the Closing Date and
Additional  Closing  Date, as the case may be, you shall have received a letter,
addressed  to you in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to you in all  respects
(including the non-material nature of the changes or decreases, if any, referred
in to clause (iii) below),  from BDO Seidman,  LLP, dated as of the date of this

<PAGE>
Agreement  and as of the Closing Date and  Additional  Closing Date, as the case
may be:

                    (i) confirming  that they are independent  accountants  with
               respect  to the  Company  within  the  meaning of the Act and the
               applicable published Regulations;

                    (ii) stating that in their opinion, the financial statements
               of the Company and the Subsidiaries  included in the Registration
               Statement  examined  by them  comply  as to form in all  material
               respects with the applicable  accounting  requirements of the Act
               and the published Regulations;

                    (iii) stating  that, on the basis of procedures  (but not an
               audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing  standards),
               which  included  a  reading  of the  latest  available  unaudited
               consolidated  interim financial statements of the Company and the
               Subsidiaries  (with  an  indication  of the  date  of the  latest
               available unaudited interim financial  statements),  a reading of
               the latest  available  minutes of the  stockholders  and board of
               directors of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  and committees of
               such boards and inquiries to certain officers and other employees
               of the Company and the Subsidiaries responsible for financial and
               accounting matters and other specified  procedures and inquiries,
               nothing  has come to their  attention  that  would  cause them to
               believe that (A) the unaudited  consolidated financial statements
               of the Company and the Subsidiaries  included in the Registration
               Statement  (i) do not comply as to form in all material  respects
               with  the  applicable  accounting  requirements  of the  Act  and
               Regulations, or (ii) were not fairly presented in conformity with
               generally accepted accounting principles on a basis substantially
               consistent with that of the audited financial statements included
               in the  Registration  Statement;  (B) at the  date of the  latest
               available  interim  financial  statements and at a specified date
               not more than five days prior to the date of such  letter,  there
               was any change in long-term  debt or capital stock of the Company
               and its  Subsidiaries,  as compared with the amounts shown in the
               __________,  1997  consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and
               its  Subsidiaries,  included in the  Registration  Statement  and
               Prospectus,  other  than as set forth in or  contemplated  by the
               Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus,  or,  if there  was any
               change,  setting  forth the amount of such change;  or (C) during
               the period from  ___________,  1997 to a specified  date not more
               than five days  prior to the date of such  letter,  there was any
               decrease in revenues or in  operating  income,  net income or net
               income per share of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as compared
               with the  corresponding  period in the preceding year, other than
               as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement and
               Prospectus,   or,  if  there  was  any   decrease  or   increase,


<PAGE>
               respectively,  setting  forth  the  amount  of such  decrease  or
               increase; and

                    (iv)  stating  that  they  have  compared   specific  dollar
               amounts,  numbers of shares,  percentages  of dollar  amounts and
               shares and other information  pertaining to the Company set forth
               in the Prospectus,  which have been specified by you prior to the
               date of this Agreement, to the extent that such amounts, numbers,
               percentages and other information may be derived from the general
               accounting  records of the Company and  excluding  any  questions
               requiring an  interpretation  by legal counsel,  with the results
               obtained from the  application of specified  readings,  inquiries
               and  other  appropriate   procedures  (which  procedures  do  not
               constitute an examination in accordance  with generally  accepted
               auditing standards) set forth in the letter, and found them to be
               in agreement.

          (f) All  proceedings  taken  in  connection  with the sale of the Firm
Stock and the Additional Stock as herein contemplated shall have been reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to you and your counsel.

          (g) The  Company  shall  have  furnished  to the  Representative  such
further certificates and documents confirming the representations and warranties
contained herein, the performance of covenants prior to the Closing Date and the
Additional  Closing  Date,  as the  case  may be,  and  related  matters  as the
Representative may reasonably have requested.

          (h)  There  shall  have  been  duly   tendered  to  you   certificates
representing  all the Firm Stock and the Additional  Stock,  as the case may be,
agreed to be sold by the Company on the Closing Date and the Additional  Closing
Date, as the case may be.

          (i)  Each   Selling   Shareholder   shall   have   furnished   to  the
Representative at the Additional Closing Date, if any, a certificate,  dated the
Additional  Closing  Date,  signed  by such  Selling  Shareholder  in  form  and
substance   satisfactory  to  the   Representative,   to  the  effect  that  the
representations,  warranties  and  agreements  of such  Selling  Shareholder  in
Section  2 (b)  hereof  were  when  originally  made  and are at the  time  such
certificate is dated true and correct and such Selling  Shareholder has complied
with all of such Selling Shareholder's agreements contained herein. (j) No order
suspending the sale of the Firm Stock or the Additional  Stock,  as the case may
be, in any jurisdiction  designated by you pursuant to subsection (d) of Section
5 hereof,  shall have been issued on the Closing Date or the Additional  Closing
Date,  as the case may be, and no  proceedings  for that purpose shall have been
instituted or to your knowledge or that of the Company shall be contemplated,

         (k) At the Additional Closing Date, if any, you shall have received the

<PAGE>
favorable  opinion  of  _________________,  counsel  for  each  of  the  Selling
Shareholders,  with  respect  to each of the  Selling  Shareholders,  dated  the
Additional  Closing  Date,  if  any,  addressed  to you and in  form  and  scope
satisfactory to your counsel, to the effect that:

          (i) A Power  of  Attorney  and a  Custody  Agreement  have  been  duly
authorized (where such Selling  Shareholder is not an individual),  executed and
delivered  by  each  Selling   Shareholder  and  constitute  valid  and  binding
agreements  of such Selling  Shareholder  in  accordance  with their  respective
terms.  (ii)  This  Agreement  has been  duly  authorized  (where  such  Selling
Shareholder  is not an  individual),  executed and  delivered by or on behalf of
each Selling  Shareholder and constitutes a valid and binding  agreement of such
Selling  Shareholder  enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights
to indemnity and contribution hereunder may be limited by the securities laws of
the  United  States  and  except  as  such  enforceability  may  be  limited  by
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization or similar laws or equitable principles
affecting the enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally;  and the sale of the
Additional  Stock  to be sold  by each  Selling  Shareholder  hereunder  and the
performance of this Agreement,  the Power of Attorney and the Custody  Agreement
and the consummation of the transactions  herein and therein  contemplated  will
not conflict  with or result in a breach or violation of any terms or provisions
of, or constitute a default under, or give rise to rights of termination  under,
any indenture,  mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust agreement,  loan agreement
or other  agreement  or  instrument  known to such counsel to which such Selling
Shareholder  is a party  or by which  such  Selling  Shareholder  or any of such
Selling  Shareholder's  properties  is bound,  the  articles or  certificate  of
incorporation  and  by-laws  if  such  Selling   Shareholder  (if  such  Selling
Shareholder  is a  corporation),  the  partnership  agreement  of  such  Selling
Shareholder (if such Selling  Shareholder is a  partnership),  or any applicable
law, rule or regulation,  judgment,  order or decree of any court, government or
governmental  instrumentality  having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder
or the property of such Selling Shareholder.

          (iii) Except for the order of the Commission  making the  Registration
Statement  effective  (which is in effect) and permits or similar  authorization
required under the securities or Blue Sky laws of certain  jurisdictions  and by
the NASD (as to which  such  counsel  need  express  no  opinion),  no  consent,
approval, authorization, license or order of any regulatory body, administrative
agency  or  other  governmental  body is  legally  required  for the  execution,
delivery and  performance of this Agreement by the Selling  Shareholders,  other
than any such consents, approvals, authorizations,  licenses, and orders as have
been obtained and are in full force and effect.

          (iv)  Immediately  prior to the Additional  Closing Date, if any, such
Selling  Shareholder had good and valid title to the Additional Stock to be sold

<PAGE>
by such Selling  Shareholder under this Agreement,  free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances,  equities or claims,  and full right, power and authority to sell,
assign,  transfer  and deliver the  Additional  Stock to be sold by such Selling
Shareholder hereunder.

          (v) Good and valid title to the  Additional  Stock sold by the Selling
Shareholders, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, has
been transferred to the  Representative  who has purchased such Additional Stock
in good faith and without notice of any such lien, encumbrance,  equity or claim
or any other adverse claim within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code.

          In rendering the opinion of clause (iv),  such counsel may rely upon a
certificate of such Selling Shareholder as to matters of fact as to ownership of
and liens, encumbrances, equities or claims on the Additional Stock sold by such
Selling  Shareholder,  provided  that such counsel shall state that they believe
that  both the  Representative  and they are  justified  in  relying  upon  such
certificate.

          (l) Any  certificate  signed  by any duly  authorized  officer  of the
Company in such  capacity and delivered to you or your counsel shall be deemed a
representation  and  warranty  by the Company to you as to the  statements  made
therein. If any condition to your obligations hereunder to be fulfilled prior to
or at the Closing Date or the  Additional  Closing  Date, as the case may be, is
not so fulfilled,  you may terminate this  Agreement or, if you so elect,  waive
any such  conditions  which have not been fulfilled or extend the time for their
fulfillment.

     8. Indemnification.

          (a) Subject to the conditions  set forth below,  the Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless each of the  Underwriters,  each of the officers and
directors  of the  Underwriters  and  each  person,  if any,  who  controls  any
Underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the
Exchange Act,  against any and all loss,  liability,  claim,  damage and expense
whatsoever  (including,  but  not  limited  to any and  all  expense  whatsoever
reasonably  incurred  in  investigating,  preparing  or  defending  against  any
litigation,  commenced or  threatened,  or any claim  whatsoever)("collectively,
"Damages")  arising  out of or based  upon (i) the  inaccuracy  or breach of any
representation  or warranty of the Company or the breach of any covenant made by
the Company in this  Agreement or (ii) any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue
statement of a material fact contained (x) in any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus  (as from time to time  amended  and
supplemented)  or (y) in any  application  or other document (in this Section 8,
collectively  called  "Application")  executed by or on behalf of the Company or
based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in





<PAGE>
any  jurisdiction  in order to qualify  the Firm Stock or the  Additional  Stock
under the Blue Sky or  securities  laws thereof or filed with the  Commission or
any  securities  exchange,  such as the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market and the Pacific
Stock  Exchange,  or (iii) the  omission  or  alleged  omission  therefrom  of a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not  misleading;  unless such statement or omission was made in reliance
upon and in conformity  with written  information  furnished to the Company with
respect to the Underwriters by or on behalf of any Underwriter expressly for use
in the Preliminary Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement  thereof,  or in any Application or in any communication
to the  Commission,  as the case may be. With respect to any Damages arising out
of or based upon any untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement made in, or
omission or alleged  omission from, any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the indemnity
agreement  contained  in this  Section  8(a) with  respect  to such  Preliminary
Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of the Underwriters (or the benefit of
any person controlling any Underwriter), if the Prospectus (or the Prospectus as
amended or supplemented if the Company shall have made any amendments thereof or
supplements  thereto which shall have been furnished to you prior to the time of
confirmation of such sale) does not contain such statement,  alleged  statement,
omission or alleged  omission,  a sufficient number of copies of such Prospectus
were provided to the  Underwriters  and a copy of such Prospectus shall not have
been  sent or given to the  person  asserting  such  Damages  at or prior to the
written confirmation of such sale to such person.

          (b) Each Selling Shareholder agrees,  severally and not jointly,  that
it will indemnify and hold harmless the Representative, each of the officers and
directors  of the  Representative,  and each  person,  if any,  who controls the
Representative  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act, and each of them,  to the same extent as the  foregoing  indemnity
from the Company to the Underwriters, but only with respect to (i) statements or
omissions  made in the  Registration  Statement (or any amendment  thereto) or a
Preliminary  Prospectus  or the  Prospectus  (or  any  amendment  or  supplement
thereto) made in reliance on and in conformity with information relating to such
Selling  Shareholder  furnished  to the Company by or on behalf of such  Selling
Shareholder  expressly  for  inclusion  in the  Registration  Statement  (or any
amendment  thereto)  or a  Preliminary  Prospectus  or the  Prospectus  (or  any
amendment or supplement  thereto),  and (ii)  representations  and warranties of
such  Selling  Shareholder  contained  in  Section  2 (b) of this  Agreement  or
contained in  certificates  of such Selling  Shareholder  submitted  pursuant to
Section  ___  of  this  Agreement.  Such  Selling  Shareholder's  obligation  to
indemnify the Representative  shall be limited to the amount of proceeds (net of
the  Representative's  discount)  of the sale of  Additional  Stock sold by such
Selling  Shareholder.  The  Representative  acknowledges that the statements set
forth under the heading  "Principal and Selling  Stockholders"  (insofar as such
information  relates to any Selling  Shareholder) in any Preliminary  Prospectus
and the  Prospectus  constitute  the only  information  relating to such Selling
Shareholder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder
expressly  for inclusion  in the Registration Statement. The indemnity agreement

<PAGE>
contained in this Section 8(b) is in addition to any liability that each Selling
Shareholder may otherwise have to the  Representative or any controlling  person
of the Underwriter.

          (c) Each Underwriter,  severally and not jointly,  agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, each of the directors of the Company, each of the
officers of the Company who shall have  signed the  Registration  Statement  and
each other  person,  if any,  who  controls  the  Company  within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the Exchange Act for all Damages with
respect to statements or omissions,  or alleged statements or omissions, if any,
made in any Preliminary Prospectus,  Registration Statement or Prospectus or any
amendment or supplement  thereto or any  Application  in reliance  upon,  and in
conformity with,  written  information  furnished to the Company with respect to
the  Underwriters  by or on behalf of any Underwriter for use in any Preliminary
Prospectus,  the  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus  or any  amendment  or
supplement thereto or in any application, as the case may be.

          (d) The Representative agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless
each Selling Shareholder  against any and all loss,  liability,  claim,  damage,
expense  or  action,  joint or  several,  to the same  extent  as the  foregoing
indemnity  from the  Underwriters  to the  Company  but  only  with  respect  to
statements  or omissions  made in the  Registration  Statement (or any amendment
thereto) or a  Preliminary  Prospectus  or the  Prospectus  (or any amendment or
supplement  thereto)  in  reliance  upon  and  in  conformity  with  information
furnished in writing by the  Representative  to the Company expressly for use in
the Registration  Statement (or any amendment thereto).  The indemnity agreement
contained  in this  Section  8(d) is in  addition  to any  liability  which  the
Representative  may  otherwise  have to the  Selling  Shareholders.  The Selling
Shareholders  acknowledge  that the  statements  set  forth  under  the  heading
"Underwriting"  (insofar as such information  relates to the Representative) and
in the last paragraph of text on the outside front cover page of any Preliminary
Prospectus  and the  Prospectus  constitute  the only  information  furnished in
writing  by the  Representative  expressly  for  inclusion  in the  Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.

          (e) If any  action is  brought  against  an  indemnified  party  under
subsection  (a) or (b) above  (the  "Indemnified  Party")  in  respect  of which
indemnity may be sought against the  indemnifying  party under subsection (a) or
(b) above (the  "Indemnifying  Party"),  such Indemnifying  Party shall promptly
notify in writing the party or parties  against  whom  indemnification  is to be
sought of the  institution  of such action and the  Indemnifying  Parties  shall
assume  the  defense  of  such  action,  including  the  employment  of  counsel
(reasonably  satisfactory  to such  Indemnified  Party) and payment of expenses.
Such Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ it or their own counsel in
any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense
of such Indemnified  Party unless the employment of such counsel shall have been
authorized in writing by the Indemnifying Parties in connection with the defense
of such action or the  Indemnifying  Parties shall not have employed  counsel to

<PAGE>
have charge of the defense of such action or such  Indemnified  Party or parties
shall have  reasonably  concluded  that there may be defenses  available  to the
Indemnifying Parties which are different or additional to those available to the
Indemnifying  Parties (in which case the Indemnifying Parties shall not have the
right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the Indemnified Party or
Parties),  in any of which events such fees and  expenses  shall be borne by the
Indemnifying   Parties.   Anything   in   this   paragraph   to   the   contrary
notwithstanding,  the Indemnifying  Party shall not be liable for any settlement
of  any  such  claim  or  action  effected  without  its  written  consent.  The
Indemnifying  Party  agrees  promptly  to notify  the  Indemnified  Party of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against the Indemnifying Party or
any of its officers or directors  in  connection  with the issue and sale of the
Firm  Stock and the  Additional  Stock or in  connection  with such  Preliminary
Prospectus, Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or any such Application.

          (f)  If  the  indemnification  provided  for  in  this  Section  8  is
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified  Party in respect of
any losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or  actions in respect  thereof)
referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount
paid or payable to such  Indemnified  Party as a result of such losses,  claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect  thereof) in such proportion as is
appropriate  to reflect the  relative  benefits  received by the Company and the
Selling  Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the
offering of the Firm Stock and Additional  Stock.  If,  however,  the allocation
provided by the  immediately  preceding  sentence is not permitted by applicable
law or if the Indemnified Party failed to give the notice required above in this
Section 8, then each Indemnifying  Party shall contribute to such amount paid or
payable  by such  Indemnified  Party in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to
reflect  not only such  relative  benefits  but also the  relative  fault of the
Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
other in  connection  with the  statements or omissions  which  resulted in such
losses,  claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well
as any other relevant equitable  considerations.  The relative benefits received
by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters
on the  other  shall be  deemed  to be in the same  proportion  as the total net
proceeds from the offering (before deducting  expenses)  received by the Company
and the Selling  Shareholders bear to the total underwriting  discounts received
by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of
the  Prospectus.  The relative  fault shall be determined by reference to, among
other things,  whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
or the  omission  or  alleged  omission  to state a  material  fact  relates  to
information supplied by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand
or the  Underwriters on the other and the parties  relative  intent,  knowledge,
access to  information  and  opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission.  The Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters agree that
it would not be just and equitable if  contribution  pursuant to this subsection
(d) were  determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation

<PAGE>
which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in
this  subsection  (d). The amount paid or payable by an  Indemnified  Party as a
result of the  losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or actions in respect
thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any
legal  or  other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by such  Indemnified  Party in
connection   with   investigating   or  defending  any  such  action  or  claim.
Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this  subsection  (d), (i) the  Underwriters
shall not be required to contribute  any amount in excess of the amount by which
the total price at which the Firm Stock and Additional Stock underwritten by the
Underwriters  and  distributed  to the public were offered to the public exceeds
the amount of any damages which the Underwriters have otherwise been required to
pay by reason of such untrue  statement or omission and (ii) no person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11 of the Act) shall
be  entitled  to  contribution  from  any  person  who  was not  guilty  of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.

     9. Default by an Underwriter.

          (a) If any Underwriter or  Underwriters  shall default in its or their
obligations to purchase the Firm Stock hereunder, and if the number of shares of
Firm Stock with  respect to which such  default  relates  does not exceed in the
aggregate 10% of the number of shares of Firm Stock which all Underwriters  have
agreed to purchase hereunder,  then such Firm Stock to which the default relates
shall be purchased by the  non-defaulting  Underwriters  in  proportion to their
respective commitments hereunder.

          (b) In the event  that such  default  relates  to more than 10% of the
number of shares of Firm Stock, you may in your discretion  arrange for yourself
or for  another  party or  parties  to  purchase  such Firm  Stock to which such
default  relates on the terms contained  herein.  If within one (1) business day
after  such  default  relating  to more than 10% of the number of shares of Firm
Stock, you do not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Stock,  then the Company
shall be entitled to a further  period of one (1)  business  day within which to
procure another party or parties satisfactory to you to purchase said Firm Stock
on such terms.  In the event that  neither  you nor the Company  arrange for the
purchase  of the Firm  Stock to which a  default  relates  as  provided  in this
Section 9, this  Agreement may be  terminated  by you or the Company  (except as
provided in Section 6 and Section 8(a) hereof) or the several Underwriters,  but
nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability,  if any,
to the other several  Underwriters and to the Company for damages  occasioned by
its default hereunder.

          (c) In the event that the Firm Stock to which the  default  relates is
to be purchased  by the  non-defaulting  Underwriters,  or is to be purchased by
another party or parties as  aforesaid,  you or the Company shall have the right
to  postpone  the  Closing  Date for a  reasonable  period  but not in any event

<PAGE>
exceeding  five (5)  business  days,  in order to effect  whatever  changes  may
thereby be made necessary in the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus or in
any other  documents and  arrangements,  and the Company agrees to file promptly
any  amendment  to the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus  which in the
opinion of counsel for the Underwriters may thereby be made necessary.  The term
"Underwriter"  as used in this  Agreement  shall  include any party  substituted
under this  Section 9 with like effect as if it had  originally  been a party to
this Agreement with respect to such Firm Stock.

     10.  Representations  and  Agreements  to Survive  Delivery.  Except as the
context  otherwise  requires,  all  representations,  warranties  and agreements
contained in this Agreement  shall be deemed to be  representations,  warranties
and  agreements at the Closing Date and the  Additional  Closing Date,  and such
representations, warranties and agreements of you and the Company, including the
indemnity  and  contribution  agreements  contained  in Section 8 hereof,  shall
remain  operative and in full force and effect  regardless of any  investigation
made by or on behalf of you or any controlling person, or by or on behalf of the
Company  or any  controlling  person,  and  shall  survive  termination  of this
Agreement and/or delivery of the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock to you.

     11. Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.

          (a) This Agreement shall become effective at 9:30 A.M., New York Time,
on the first  full  business  day  following  the day on which the  Registration
Statement becomes effective or at the time of the initial public offering by you
of the  Firm  Stock,  whichever  is  earlier.  The  time of the  initial  public
offering,  for the purpose of this  Section 11,  shall mean the time,  after the
Registration Statement becomes effective,  of the release by you for publication
of the first newspaper advertisement which is subsequently published relating to
the Firm Stock or the time, after the Registration  Statement becomes effective,
when the Firm Stock is first released by you for offering by the Underwriters or
dealers by letter or telegram,  whichever shall first occur.  You or the Company
may prevent this  Agreement  from becoming  effective  without  liability of any
party to any other party,  except as noted below, by giving the notice indicated
below in Section 11(d) before the time this Agreement becomes effective.

          (b) You shall have the right to terminate  this  Agreement at any time
prior to the Closing Date or the  Additional  closing  Date, as the case may be,
if, after the date of this Agreement, any domestic or international event or act
or occurrence  has materially  disrupted or, in the exercise of your  reasonable
judgment, will in the immediate future materially disrupt, securities markets in
the United  States;  or trading on the New York Stock  Exchange  shall have been
suspended,  or minimum or maximum  prices for trading shall have been fixed,  or
maximum  ranges for prices for  securities  shall have been  required on the New
York Stock Exchange by the New York Stock Exchange or by order of the Commission
or any other governmental  authority having  jurisdiction;  or the United States

<PAGE>
shall  have  become  involved  in a  war  or  major  hostilities;  or a  banking
moratorium has been declared by a New York or Federal authority;  or the Company
shall  have  sustained  a material  loss by fire,  flood,  accident,  hurricane,
earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or
not said  loss  shall  have  been  insured,  will,  in your  opinion,  interfere
materially  and adversely with the conduct of the business and operations of the
Company;  or there shall have been such material adverse change in the condition
or prospects of the Company or the market for its and similar  securities  as in
your judgment would make it  inadvisable to proceed with the offering,  sale and
delivery of the Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the case may be.

          (c) If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming  effective or
to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 11, the Company shall be
notified  promptly by you by telephone or telegram,  confirmed by letter. If the
Company elects to prevent this Agreement from becoming  effective,  you shall be
notified promptly by the Company by telephone or telegram, confirmed by letter.

          (d) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding if this
Agreement  shall not become  effective  by reason of an  election of the Company
pursuant  to this  Section  11, or if this  Agreement  shall not be carried  out
within  the time  specified  herein by reason of any  failure on the part of the
Company to perform any undertaking or satisfy any condition of this Agreement by
it to be performed or  satisfied,  the sole  liability of the Company to you, in
addition to the obligations assumed by the Company pursuant to Section 6 hereof,
will be to reimburse you for such actual  out-of-pocket  expenses (including the
fees  and  disbursements  of your  counsel)  as  shall  have  been  incurred  in
connection  with this Agreement and the proposed  purchase of the Firm Stock and
Additional  Stock,  and upon demand the Company will pay the full amount thereof
to you. If this Agreement shall not become effective by reason of an election by
you  pursuant to this Section 11 or if this  Agreement  shall be  terminated  or
otherwise not carried out within the time specified  herein for any reason other
than the  failure  on the part of the  Company  to perform  any  undertaking  or
satisfy  any  condition  of this  Agreement  by it or them  to be  performed  or
satisfied, the Company shall have no liability to you other than for obligations
assumed by the Company pursuant to Section 6 hereof; provided, however, that you
may retain any sums heretofore paid to you by the Company as provided in Section
3 hereof to the extent that such sums are for your actual out-of-pocket expenses
(including  the fees and  disbursements  of your  counsel)  as shall  have  been
incurred in connection with this Agreement and the proposed purchase of the Firm
Stock and Additional Stock.

          Notwithstanding  any  election  hereunder or any  termination  of this
Agreement,  and whether or not this  Agreement  is  otherwise  carried  out, the
provisions  of Section 8 shall not be in any way  affected  by such  election or
termination  or  failure  to carry out the terms of this  Agreement  or any part
hereof.

<PAGE>
     12.  Notices.  All  communications  hereunder,  except as herein  otherwise
specifically  provided,  shall be in writing  and,  if sent to any  Underwriter,
shall  be  mailed,  delivered  or  telegraphed  and  confirmed  to  Donald & Co.
Securities Inc., 65 East 55th Street,  New York, New York 10022, Att: Stephen A.
Blum,  President,  with a copy to Parker Duryee Rosoff & Haft, 529 Fifth Avenue,
New York, New York  10017-4608,  Attn:  Michael  DiGiovanna;  and if sent to the
Company,  shall be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to The Source
Information  Management Company,  11644 Lilburn Park Road, St. Louis,  Missouri,
63146, Attn: S. Leslie Flegel,  Chief Executive  Officer,  with a copy to Gallop
Johnson & Neuman,  L.C., 101 South Hanby Road, St. Louis,  Missouri 63105, Attn:
Douglas J. Bates, Esq.

     13. Parties.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon, you, the Company,  and
the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 8 hereof,
and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns, and no other
person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable  right,  remedy
or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this  Agreement or any provision
herein contained.

     14. Construction.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York.

         If the foregoing  correctly sets forth the  understanding  between you,
the  Company  and the  Selling  Shareholders,  please so  indicate  in the space
provided  below for that  purpose,  whereupon  this letter  shall  constitute  a
binding agreement among us.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
                                   COMPANY


                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       S. Leslie Flegel, Chief Executive Officer


                                    SELLING SHAREHOLDERS


                                                     
                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       ______________,    As Attorney-in-Fact,
                                       acting on behalf of each  of the  Selling
                                       Shareholders named in Schedule II hereto
<PAGE>
Accepted as of the date first above written:

DONALD & CO. SECURITIES INC.
 As Representative of the Underwriters
 named in Schedule I hereto



By:
   -----------------------------------
   Stephen A. Blum, President


                                   SCHEDULE I




         Underwriters                    Number of Shares of Firm Stock
         ------------                    ------------------------------

Donald &  Co. Securities Inc.



         TOTAL                                    -----------
                                                   2,000,000

<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE II

                                                  Number of Shares
         Selling Shareholder (1)                  of Additional Stock (2)
         -----------------------                  -----------------------


         S. Leslie Flegel




                                                  ----------------------
                  Total                                 300,000



         (1)      Each Selling Shareholder has appointed _______________ and
_____________ as Attorneys-in-Fact

         (2)  Represents  the maximum  number of Additional  Stock to be sold by
each Selling Shareholder,  assuming the exercise in full of the Representative's
over-allotment option.


                                                              Secretary of State
                                                               State of Missouri
                                                                    P.O. Box 778
                                                  Jefferson City, Missouri 65102


                     AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                         (To be submitted in duplicate)


Pursuant  to the  provisions  of The  General and  Business  Corporation  Law of
Missouri, the undersigned Corporation certifies the following:

1.       The name of the Corporation is The Source Company (#00409062).
         The name under which it was originally organized was Periodico, Inc.


2.       An amendment to the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation was
         approved by
         the shareholders on July 1, 1997.


3.       Article One is amended to read as follows:

                  1.       The name of the corporation is The Source Information
                           Management Company.


4.       Of the 7,049,199 shares of common stock outstanding, 7,049,199 of such
         shares were entitled to vote on such amendment.

         None of the  outstanding  shares  were  entitled  to vote  thereon as a
         class.


5.       The number of shares voted for and against the amendment was as
         follows:

                  4,809,599 shares voted for the amendment

                     -0-    shares voted against the amendment

6.       The amendment did not change the number or par value of authorized
         shares having a par value.

         The amendment did not change the number of authorized shares without


<PAGE>


         par value.


7.       The amendment does not provide for an exchange, reclassification or
         cancellation of issued shares, or a reduction of the number of
         authorized shares of any class.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned,  S. Leslie Flegel,  Chairman,  has executed
this  instrument  and its Secretary  has affixed its  corporate  seal hereto and
attested said seal as of the 1st day of July, 1997.


                                             THE SOURCE COMPANY
CORPORATE SEAL


                                             By:/s/ S. Leslie Flegel
                                                ----------------------------
                                                S. Leslie Flegel, Chairman

ATTEST:


/s/ W. Brian Rodgers
- ---------------------------
W. Brian Rodgers, Secretary


STATE OF MISSOURI                   )
                                    ) SS
COUNTY OF ST. LOUIS                 )

         I, Carol Hund, a Notary Public,  do hereby certify that on this 1st day
of July, 1997,  personally  appeared before me S. Leslie Flegel, who being by me
first duly sworn,  declared that he is the Chairman of The Source Company,  that
he signed the foregoing  document as Chairman of the  Corporation,  and that the
statements therein contained are true.



                                            /s/ Carol Hund
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Notary Public

My commission expires:



Number                                                                    Shares
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                                                                    Common Stock


INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS                                    CUSIP __________
OF THE STATE OF MISSOURI

                                                                 SEE REVERSE FOR
                                                            CERTAIN INSTRUCTIONS

This certifies that



is the owner of

             FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK,
                          PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE, OF

                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
transferable  on the books of the  Corporation by the owner in person or by duly
authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate  properly endorsed.  This
certificate  and the  shares  represented  hereby  are  issued and shall be held
subject to all the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the
Corporation  and all  amendments  thereto  (copies of which are on file with the
Transfer Agent), to all of which the holder by acceptance hereof,  assents. This
certificate  is not  valid  unless  countersigned  by  the  Transfer  Agent  and
registered by the Registrar. In Witness Whereof, the Corporation has caused this
certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers, and its corporate seal
to be hereunto affixed.

Dated:

                                                   COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
                                                   CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDER 
                                                   SERVICES, L.L.C.
/s/ S. Leslie Flegel                               TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
CHAIRMAN AND                       CORPORATE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER               SEAL
                                                   BY
/s/ W. Brian Rodgers
SECRETARY                                          AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


<PAGE>
The following  abbreviations,  when used in the  inscription on the face of this
certificate,  shall  be  construed  as  though  they  were  written  out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM-as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ____ as Custodian for ____
TEN ENT-as tenants by the                           (Cust)               (Minor)
        entireties
JT TEN -as joint tenants with               under Unfirom Gifts to Minors      
        right of survivorship
        and not as tenants in                    Act ______________            
        common                                           (State)         
TOD    - transfer on death
         direction in event of
         owner's death, to
         person named on face

UNIF TRAN MIN ACT - ____ as Custodian for ____   
                   (Cust)                (Minor) 
                                                 
              under Uniform Transfers to Minors  
                                                      
                      Act _____________          
                             (State)      

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

     Keep this  certificate in a safe place. If it is lost,  stolen or destroyed
the  Corporation  may require a bond of indemnity as a condition to the issuance
of a replacement certificate.

     For  Value  Received,   _______________________  hereby  sell,  assign  and
transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

                                                                          shares

of common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably
constitute and appoint

Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation
with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated

                                    X___________________________________________

 NOTICE: THIS SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS
 ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH
 THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE
 FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY
 PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION
 OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE
 WHATEVER.
                                    X___________________________________________

                                    ALL  GUARANTEES  MUST BE MADE BY A FINANCIAL
                                    INSTITUTION (SUCH AS A BANK OR BROKER) WHICH
                                    IS A PARTICIPANT IN THE SECURITIES  TRANSFER
                                    AGENTS MEDALLION PROGRAM ("STAMP"),  THE NEW
                                    YORK   STOCK   EXCHANGE,    INC.   MEDALLION
                                    SIGNATURE  PROGRAM  ("MSP"),  OR  THE  STOCK
                                    EXCHANGES  MEDALLION  PROGRAM  ("SEMP")  AND
                                    MUST NOT BE  DATED.  GUARANTEES  BY A NOTARY
                                    PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.

     REPRESENTATIVE'S  WARRANT AGREEMENT (the "Warrant Agreement"),  dated as of
_________,  1997, between THE SOURCE INFORMATION  MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Missouri
corporation  (the  "Company"),  and DONALD & CO.  SECURITIES  INC.  (hereinafter
referred to variously as the "Holder" or the "Representative").


     The  Company  proposes  to  issue  to  the  Representative   warrants  (the
"Warrants") to purchase up to 200,000 shares of the Company's  common stock, par
value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock");

     The Representative has agreed,  pursuant to the underwriting agreement (the
"Underwriting   Agreement")  dated  ________,   1997  among  the  Company,   the
Representative   and  the  other   underwriters  named  in  Schedule  I  thereof
(collectively  with  the  Representative,  the  "Underwriters")  to  act  as the
representative  of the  Underwriters in connection  with the Company's  proposed
initial public offering (the "Initial Public  Offering") of 2,000,000  shares of
Common Stock (the  "Stock") at an initial  public  offering  price of $_____ per
share; and

     The Warrants to be issued  pursuant to this Agreement will be issued on the
Closing  Date (as such term is defined  in the  Underwriting  Agreement)  by the
Company  to  the  Representative  in  consideration  for,  and  as  part  of the
compensation in connection with, the Representative  acting as representative of
the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  the  payment by the
Representative to the Company of TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($200.00), the
agreements  herein  set forth and other  good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:

          1. Grant.  The Holder (as  hereinafter  defined) is hereby granted the
right to purchase,  at any time from  ________,  1998 until 5:30 p.m.,  New York
time,  on ________,  2002,  up to 200,000  shares of Common Stock (the  "Warrant
Stock") at an initial  exercise  price  (subject  to  adjustment  as provided in
Article 8 hereof) of $_____ per share of Warrant Stock, subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.

          2.  Warrant  Certificates.  The  warrant  certificates  (the  "Warrant
Certificates") delivered and to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be
in the form set forth in Exhibit A, attached hereto and made a part hereof, with

<PAGE>
such appropriate insertions,  omissions,  substitutions, and other variations as
required or permitted by this Agreement.

          3. Exercise of Warrant.  The Warrants initially are exercisable at the
initial exercise price per share of Warrant Stock set forth in Section 6 hereof,
payable by certified or official bank check in New York Clearing House funds (or
by cashless  exercise as provided  below),  subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 8 hereof.  Upon surrender of a Warrant Certificate with the annexed Form
of Election to Purchase  duly  executed,  together  with payment of the Exercise
Price (as hereinafter  defined) for the Warrant Stock purchased at the Company's
principal  offices  (presently  located at 11644  Lilburn Park Road,  St. Louis,
Missouri  63146) the  registered  holder of a Warrant  Certificate  ("Holder" or
"Holders")  shall be entitled to receive a certificate or  certificates  for the
shares of Warrant Stock so purchased.  The purchase  rights  represented by each
Warrant  Certificate  are  exercisable at the option of the Holder  thereof,  in
whole  or in  part  (but  not  as to  fractional  shares  of the  Warrant  Stock
underlying  the  Warrants).  In the case of the  purchase  of less  than all the
securities  purchasable under any Warrant Certificate,  the Company shall cancel
said  Warrant  Certificate  upon the  surrender  thereof  and shall  execute and
deliver  a new  Warrant  Certificate  of  like  tenor  for  the  balance  of the
securities purchasable thereunder.

          The Holder may, at its option,  exchange the Warrants,  in whole or in
part (a  "Warrant  Exchange"),  into the  number  of  shares  of  Warrant  Stock
determined  in  accordance  with this  paragraph,  by  surrounding  the  Warrant
Certificate  representing  the  Warrants  at  the  Company's  principal  office,
accompanied  by a notice  stating  (i)  such  Holder's  intent  to  effect  such
exchange,  (ii) the number of shares of Warrant Stock subject to the Warrants as
to which the  exchange is to be effected  and (iii) the date on which the Holder
requests  that such  Warrant  Exchange  occur (the  "Notice of  Exchange").  The
Warrant  Exchange  shall  take  place on the date  specified  in the  Notice  of
Exchange  or if the date the Notice of  Exchange  is  received by the Company is
later than the date  specified in the Notice of  Exchange,  such later date (the
"Exchange  Date").  Certificates  for the shares of Warrant Stock  issuable upon
such Warrant Exchange and, if applicable, a new warrant of like tenor evidencing
the balance of the shares of Warrant  Stock  remaining  subject to the Warrants,
shall be issued as of the Exchange Date and delivered to the Holder within three
(3) business days  following the Exchange  Date. In connection  with any Warrant
Exchange,  the Warrants  shall  represent the right to subscribe for and acquire
the number of shares of Warrant  Stock  (rounded  to the next  highest  integer)
equal to (i) the number of shares of Warrant  Stock  specified  by the Holder in
its Notice of Exchange  (the "Total  Number")  less (ii) the number of shares of
Warrant Stock equal to the quotient  obtained by dividing (A) the product of the
Total Number and the existing  Exercise  Price of the Warrants by (B) the market
price of a share of Common Stock on the Exchange  Date;  and, in the case of any
Warrant  Exchange for less than all of the shares of Warrant  Stock  purchasable
under the  Warrants,  the  Company  shall  execute  and  deliver  a new  Warrant
Certificate of like tenor for the balance of the Shares purchasable  thereunder.
By way of example, if a Holder of Warrants submits a Notice of Exchange relating


<PAGE>
to 60,000 of the 200,000 shares of Warrant Stock subject to the Warrants and the
current  market price of a share of Common Stock on the Exchange  Date is $8.00,
the holder will be entitled to receive _________ shares of Warrant Stock,  along
with a new Warrant Certificate entitling the Holder to purchase _________ shares
of Warrant Stock.

          4. Issuance of  Certificates.  Upon the exercise of the Warrants,  the
issuance of  certificates  for the shares of Warrant Stock or other  securities,
properties or rights  underlying such Warrants,  shall be made forthwith (and in
any event within  three (3)  business  days  thereafter)  without  charge to the
Holder thereof including,  without  limitation,  any tax which may be payable in
respect of the issuance  thereof,  and such  certificates  shall (subject to the
provisions  of  Sections  5 and 7  hereof)  be issued in the name of, or in such
names as may be directed by, the Holder  thereof;  provided,  however,  that the
Company  shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of
any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such certificates in a
name  other than that of the Holder and the  Company  shall not be  required  to
issue or  deliver  such  certificates  unless  or until the  person  or  persons
requesting  the  issuance  thereof  shall have paid to the Company the amount of
such tax or shall have  established to the satisfaction of the Company that such
tax has been paid.

          The Warrant Certificates and the certificates  representing the shares
of Warrant  Stock or other  securities,  property or rights shall be executed on
behalf of the Company by the manual or  facsimile  signature  of the Chairman of
the Board of Directors, or the President or any executive officer of the Company
under its  corporate  seal  reproduced  thereon,  attested  to by the  manual or
facsimile  signature of the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or
Assistant Secretary of the Company. Warrant Certificates shall be dated the date
of  execution  by  the  Company  upon  initial  issuance,   division,  exchange,
substitution or transfer.

          5.  Restriction  On  Transfer  of  Warrants.  The  Holder of a Warrant
Certificate,  by its acceptance thereof,  covenants and agrees that the Warrants
may not be sold, transferred,  assigned,  hypothecated or otherwise disposed of,
in whole or in part,  for a period of one (1) year from the date hereof,  except
to  officers  of  the  Underwriters  or to  officers  of  the  selected  dealers
participating in the Initial Public Offering.

          6. Exercise Price.

          6.1 Initial and Adjusted Exercise Price. The initial exercise price of
each Warrant shall be $_____ per share of Warrant Stock.  The adjusted  exercise
price shall be the price  which shall  result from time to time from any and all
adjustments of the initial  exercise price in accordance  with the provisions of
Section 8 hereof.

          6.2 Exercise  Price.  The term "Exercise  Price" herein shall mean the
initial  exercise  price or the  adjusted  exercise  price,  depending  upon the
context.

<PAGE>
          7. Registration Rights.

          7.1  Registration  Under the  Securities Act of 1933. The Warrants and
the shares of Warrant Stock have been  registered  under the  Securities  Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Upon exercise,  in part or in whole, of
the  Warrants,  certificates  representing  the shares of Warrant  Stock and any
other  securities  issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants  (collectively,  the
"Warrant Securities") shall bear the following legend:

          The securities  represented by this  certificate may not be offered or
sold  except  pursuant  to (i) an  effective  registration  statement  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  (ii) to the extent
applicable,  Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act (or any similar  rule under the
Securities Act relating to the disposition of  securities),  or (iii) an opinion
of counsel, if such opinion shall be reasonably  satisfactory to counsel for the
issuer,  that  an  exemption  from  registration  under  the  Securities  Act is
available.

          7.2 Piggyback  Registration.  If, at any time  commencing on ________,
1998 and expiring six (6) years thereafter, the Company proposes to register any
of its  securities  under the  Securities  Act (other than in connection  with a
transaction  contemplated by Rule 145(a) promulgated under the Securities Act or
pursuant to Form S-4,  Form S-8 or any  successor  form  thereto),  it will give
written notice by registered mail, at least thirty (30) days prior to the filing
of each such  registration  statement,  to the  Representative  and to all other
Holders of the Warrants and/or Warrant  Securities of its intention to do so. If
the  Representative  or other Holders of the Warrants and/or Warrant  Securities
notify the Company in accordance  with Section 7.4 hereof of its or their desire
to include any such  securities in such  proposed  registration  statement,  the
Company shall afford the  Representative and such Holders of the Warrants and/or
Warrant   Securities  the  opportunity  to  have  any  such  Warrant  Securities
registered under such registration statement.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
this Section  7.2,  the Company  shall have the right at any time after it shall
have given written notice pursuant to this Section 7.2  (irrespective of whether
a written request for inclusion of any such securities  shall have been made) to
elect not to file any such proposed registration  statement,  or to withdraw the
same after the filing but prior to the effective date thereof.

          7.3 Demand Registration.

          (a) At any time  commencing  on ________,  1998 and expiring  four (4)
years thereafter, the Holders of Warrants and/or Warrant Securities representing
more than 50% of such securities at that time outstanding (assuming the exercise
of all of the Warrants), shall have the right (which right is in addition to the

<PAGE>
registration rights under Section 7.2 hereof),  exercisable by written notice to
the  Company,  to have the  Company  prepare  and file with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission,  on one occasion,  a registration  statement and such other
documents,  including a  prospectus,  as may be necessary in the opinion of both
counsel for the Company and counsel for the  Representative and Holders in order
to comply with the  provisions of the  Securities  Act, so as to permit a public
offering  and  sale  of  their  respective   Warrant  Securities  for  nine  (9)
consecutive  months by such Holders and any other Holders of the Warrants and/or
Warrant  Securities who notify the Company within ten (10) days after  receiving
notice from the Company of such request.

          (b) The Company  covenants  and agrees to give  written  notice of any
registration  request  under this  Section 7.3 by the majority of the Holders to
all other registered  Holders of the Warrants and the Warrant  Securities within
ten (10) days from the date of the receipt of any such registration request.

          (c) In  addition  to the  registration  rights  under  Section 7.2 and
subsection (a) of this Section 7.3, at any time commencing on ________, 1998 and
expiring  four (4) years  thereafter,  the  Holders of Warrants  and/or  Warrant
Securities representing more than 50% of such securities at the time outstanding
(assuming the exercise of all of the Warrants) shall have the right, exercisable
by written request to the Company,  to have the Company prepare and file, on one
occasion,  with the Commission a registration statement so as to permit a public
offering  and sale for nine (9)  consecutive  months  by any such  Holder of its
Warrant  Securities;  provided,  however,  that the provisions of Section 7.5(b)
hereof shall not apply to any such registration request and registration and all
costs  incident  thereto shall be at the expense of the Holder or Holders making
such request.

          7.4   Agreement   by   Holder   to   Participate   in    Registration.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein, no Holder shall have
any  rights  under this  Section 7 unless  such  Holder  (i)  executes a written
agreement  stating that the information set forth in the registration  statement
concerning the Holder is correct and that the Holder will not violate Regulation
M  promulgated  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the
"Exchange  Act") and (ii) delivers  such written  agreement (as executed by such
Holder) to the  Company  within 20 days after the Company  delivers  the form of
such written agreement to such Holder. 7.5 Covenants of the Company With Respect
to Registration.  In connection with any  registration  under Section 7.2 or 7.3
hereof, the Company covenants and agrees as follows:

<PAGE>
          (a) The  Company  shall use its best  efforts  to file a  registration
statement  within thirty (30) days of receipt of any demand  pursuant to Section
7.3,  shall use its best efforts to have any  registration  statements  declared
effective at the earliest  possible time, and shall furnish each Holder desiring
to sell Warrant  Securities such number of  prospectuses as shall  reasonably be
requested.

          (b) The Company shall pay all costs (excluding transfer taxes, if any,
and fees and  expenses of  Holder(s)'  counsel and any  underwriting  or selling
commissions),  fees and expenses in connection with all registration  statements
filed pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3(a) hereof including,  without limitation,
the Company's legal and accounting fees,  printing  expenses,  blue sky fees and
expenses. The Holder(s) will pay all costs, fees and expenses in connection with
any  registration  statement  filed pursuant to Section  7.3(c).  If the Company
shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section  7.5(a),  the Company shall,
in addition to any other  equitable or other damages or relief  available to the
Holder(s),  be liable  for any and all  incidental,  special  and  consequential
damages and damages due to loss of profit sustained by the Holder(s)  requesting
registration of their Warrant Securities.

          (c) The Company will take all  necessary  action which may be required
in qualifying or registering the Warrant  Securities  included in a registration
statement  for offering and sale under the  securities  or blue sky laws of such
states as reasonably are requested by the  Holder(s),  provided that the Company
shall not be  obligated  to  execute or file any  general  consent to service of
process or to qualify as a foreign  corporation to do business under the laws of
any such jurisdiction.

          (d)  The  Company  shall   indemnify  the  Holder(s)  of  the  Warrant
Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement and each person, if
any,  who  controls  such  Holders  within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the
Securities  Act or Section  20(a) of the Exchange  Act against all loss,  claim,
damage,  expense or liability  (including  all expenses  reasonably  incurred in
investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any
of them may  become  subject  under the  Securities  Act,  the  Exchange  Act or
otherwise,  arising from such registration statement but only to the same extent
and with  the same  effect  as the  provisions  contained  in  Section  8 of the
Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters.

          (e) The  Company  shall not require the  Holder(s)  to exercise  their
Warrants  prior to the  initial  filing  of any  registration  statement  or the
effectiveness thereof.

<PAGE>
          (f) The Company shall not permit the inclusion of any securities other
than the Warrant  Securities to be included in the registration  statement filed
pursuant to Section  7.3(a)  hereof,  without the prior  written  consent of the
Representative.

          (g) The Company shall furnish to the  Representative on behalf of each
Holder participating in the offering and to the managing underwriter,  if any, a
signed counterpart, addressed to the Representative on behalf on each Holder and
to the managing  underwriter,  if any, (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company,
dated the effective date of such registration  statement if there is no managing
underwriter or the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement if there
is a managing underwriter, and (ii) a "cold comfort" letter, dated the effective
date of such  registration  statement  and the  date of the  closing  under  the
underwriting  agreement  if  there  is a  managing  underwriter,  signed  by the
independent  public  accountants  who  have  issued a  report  on the  Company's
financial  statements  included  in such  registration  statement,  in each case
covering  substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such  registration
statement  (and  the  prospectus  included  therein)  and,  in the  case of such
accountants'  letter,  with  respect  to events  subsequent  to the date of such
financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel
and in accountants'  letters  delivered to  underwriters in underwritten  public
offerings of securities.

          (h) The Company shall as soon as practicable  after the effective date
of the  registration  statement,  and in any event within 15 months  thereafter,
make "generally  available to its security  holders" (within the meaning of Rule
158 under the Securities Act) an earnings  statement (which need not be audited)
complying  with Section 11(a) of the  Securities Act and covering a period of at
least  12  consecutive   months  beginning  after  the  effective  date  of  the
registration statement.

          (i) The Company shall deliver  promptly to each Holder who so requests
and the managing underwriter,  if any, copies of all correspondence  between the
Commission and the Company,  its counsel or auditors and all memoranda  relating
to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to any registration
statement  filed  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  and permit  each  Holder who so
requests and the managing  underwriter,  if any, to do such investigation,  upon
reasonable advance notice,  with respect to information  contained in or omitted
from the registration  statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with

<PAGE>
applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National  Association of Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall  include  access to books,
records and properties and  opportunities to discuss the business of the Company
with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at
such reasonable times and as often as each Holder and the managing  underwriter,
if any, shall reasonably request.

          (j) With respect to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section
7.3, the Company shall enter into an  underwriting  agreement  with the managing
underwriter,   reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Company,   selected  for  such
underwriting by Holders holding a majority of the Warrant  Securities  requested
to be included in such  underwriting.  Such agreement  shall be  satisfactory in
form and substance to the Company,  each Holder and such managing  underwriters,
and shall contain such representations,  warranties and covenants by the Company
and such other terms as are  customarily  contained in  agreements  of that type
used  by  the  managing  underwriter.  The  Holders  shall  be  parties  to  any
underwriting  agreement  relating  to an  underwritten  sale  of  their  Warrant
Securities  and  may,  at  their  option,   require  that  any  or  all  of  the
representations,  warranties  and covenants of the Company to or for the benefit
of such underwriters  shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holders.
Such Holders shall not be required to make any  representations or warranties to
or agreements with the Company or the underwriters  except as they may relate to
such Holders and their intended methods of distribution.

          7.6  Covenants  of the  Holder(s)  With Respect to  Registration.  The
Holder(s)  of the  Warrant  Securities  to be sold  pursuant  to a  registration
statement,  and their successors and assigns, shall severally,  and not jointly,
indemnify the Company,  its officers and directors and each person,  if any, who
controls the Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities Act or
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage or expense or
liability   (including  all  expenses   reasonably  incurred  in  investigating,
preparing or defending  against any claim  whatsoever)  to which they may become
subject under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,  arising from
information  furnished by or on behalf of such Holders,  or their  successors or
assigns,  for  specific  inclusion  in such  registration  statement to the same
extent and with the same effect as the provisions  contained in Section 8 of the
Underwriting  Agreement  pursuant  to which  the  Underwriters  have  agreed  to
indemnify the Company.

          8. Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities.

          8.1 Computation of Adjusted  Exercise Price. In case the Company shall
at any time  after the date  hereof  issue or sell any  shares  of Common  Stock
(other than the issuances or sales referred to in Section 8.7 hereof), including
shares held in the Company's treasury and shares of Common Stock issued upon the


<PAGE>
exercise of any options,  rights or warrants to  subscribe  for shares of Common
Stock and shares of Common Stock  issued upon the direct or indirect  conversion
or exchange of securities for shares of Common Stock,  for a  consideration  per
share  less  than the  "Exercise  Price"  on the date  immediately  prior to the
issuance or sale of such shares, or without  consideration,  then forthwith upon
such issuance or sale,  the Exercise Price shall (until another such issuance or
sale) be reduced to the price (calculated to the nearest full cent) equal to the
quotient  derived by dividing  (A) an amount equal to the sum of (X) the product
of (a) the Exercise Price on the date immediately  prior to the issuance or sale
of such  shares,  multiplied  by (b) the total  number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such issuance or sale plus, (Y) the aggregate
of the amount of all  consideration,  if any,  received by the Company upon such
issuance or sale, by (B) the total number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding
immediately  after such issuance or sale;  provided,  however,  that in no event
shall the Exercise Price be adjusted  pursuant to this  computation to an amount
in excess of the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such computation,
except in the case of a combination  of outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  as
provided by Section 8.3 hereof.

          For the purposes of any computation to be made in accordance with this
Section 8.1, the following provisions shall be applicable:

          (i) In case of the  issuance  or sale of shares of Common  Stock for a
consideration  part  or  all  of  which  shall  be  cash,  the  amount  of  cash
consideration  therefor shall be deemed to be the amount of cash received by the
Company  for such  shares  (or,  if shares of Common  Stock are  offered  by the
Company  for  subscription,  the  subscription  price,  or  if  either  of  such
securities  shall be sold to underwriters or dealers for public offering without
a subscription  offering,  the initial public offering  price) before  deducting
therefrom any compensation paid or discount allowed in the sale, underwriting or
purchase  thereof  by  underwriters  or  dealers  or others  performing  similar
services, or any expenses incurred in connection therewith.

          (ii) In case of the issuance or sale  (otherwise than as a dividend or
other  distribution on any stock of the Company) of shares of Common Stock for a
consideration  part or all of which shall be other than cash,  the amount of the
consideration  therefor  other than cash shall be deemed to be the value of such
consideration  as  determined  in good  faith by the Board of  Directors  of the
Company.

          (iii)  Shares of Common  Stock  issuable  by way of  dividend or other
distribution  on any stock of the  Company  shall be deemed to have been  issued
immediately  after the opening of business on the day  following the record date
for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other
distribution and shall be deemed to have been issued without consideration.

<PAGE>
          (iv) The  reclassification  of  securities  of the Company  other than
shares of the Common  Stock into  securities  including  shares of Common  Stock
shall be deemed to involve the  issuance  of such  shares of Common  Stock for a
consideration  other than cash immediately prior to the close of business on the
date fixed for the  determination  of security  holders entitled to receive such
shares,  and the value of the  consideration  allocable to such shares of Common
Stock shall be determined as provided in subsection (ii) of this Section 8.1.

          (v) The number of shares of Common  Stock at any one time  outstanding
shall  include the  aggregate  number of shares  issued or issuable  (subject to
readjustment  upon the actual  issuance  thereof)  upon the exercise of options,
rights,  warrants  and  upon  the  conversion  or  exchange  of  convertible  or
exchangeable  securities;  provided,  however,  that  shares  issuable  upon the
exercise of the Warrants shall not be included in such calculation.

          8.2  Options,   Rights,  Warrants  and  Convertible  and  Exchangeable
Securities.  In case the Company  shall at any time after the date hereof  issue
options,  rights or warrants to subscribe for shares of Common  Stock,  or issue
any securities  convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, for
a consideration  per share less than the Exercise Price immediately prior to the
issuance  of  such  options,   rights  or  warrants,   or  such  convertible  or
exchangeable securities, or without consideration,  the Exercise Price in effect
immediately prior to the issuance of such options,  rights or warrants,  or such
convertible or exchangeable securities,  as the case may be, shall be reduced to
a price  determined by making a computation in accordance  with the provision of
Section 8.1 hereof, provided that:

          (a) The aggregate  maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock,  as the
case may be, issuable under such options,  rights or warrants shall be deemed to
be issued and  outstanding at the time such options,  rights or warranties  were
issued,  and for a consideration  equal to the minimum  purchase price per share
provided for in such options,  rights or warrants at the time of issuance,  plus
the  consideration  (determined in the same manner as consideration  received on
the issue or sale of shares in accordance  with the terms of the  Warrants),  if
any, received by the Company for such options, rights or warrants.

          (b) The aggregate  maximum  number of shares of Common Stock  issuable
upon  conversation  or exchange of any  convertible or  exchangeable  securities
shall be deemed to be issued and  outstanding  at the time of  issuance  of such
securities,  and for a consideration  equal to the consideration  (determined in
the same  manner  as  consideration  received  on the issue or sale of shares of
Common  Stock in  accordance  with the terms of the  Warrants)  received  by the
Company for such securities, plus the minimum consideration,  if any, receivable
by the Company upon the conversation or exchange thereof.


<PAGE>
          (c) If any change  shall occur in the price per share  provided for in
any of the options,  rights or warrants  referred to in  subsection  (a) of this
Section  8.2, or in the price per share at which the  securities  referred to in
subsection  (b) of  this  Section  8.2 are  convertible  or  exchangeable,  such
options,  rights or warrants or conversion or exchange  rights,  as the case may
be,  shall be deemed to have expired or  terminated  on the date when such price
change became effective in respect of shares not theretofore  issued pursuant to
the  exercise or  conversation  or exchange  thereof,  and the Company  shall be
deemed to have  issued  upon  such  date new  options,  rights  or  warrants  or
convertible or exchangeable securities at the new price in respect of the number
of shares issuable upon the exercise of such options,  rights or warrants or the
conversion or exchange of such convertible or exchangeable securities.

          8.3 Subdivision and Combination. In case the Company shall at any time
subdivide or combine the outstanding  shares of Common Stock, the Exercise Price
shall  forthwith  be  proportionately  decreased in the case of  subdivision  or
increased in the case of combination.

          8.4  Adjustment in Number of Securities.  Upon each  adjustment of the
Exercise  Price  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Section 8, the number of
shares of Warrant  Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of each  Warrant  shall be
adjusted  to the  nearest  full  amount  by  multiplying  a number  equal to the
Exercise Price in effect  immediately  prior to such adjustment by the number of
shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately prior
to such adjustment and dividing the product so obtained by the adjusted Exercise
Price.

          8.5 Definition of Common Stock. For the purpose of this Agreement, the
term "Common Stock" shall mean (i) the class of stock designated as Common Stock
in the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company as it may be amended as of
the date  hereof,  or (ii) any other class of stock  resulting  from  successive
changes or  reclassifications  of such Common Stock consisting solely of changes
in par  value,  or from par value to no par  value,  or from no par value to par
value.

          8.6  Merger  or  Consolidation.  In case of any  consolidation  of the
Company  with,  or merger of the Company  with,  or merger of the Company  into,
another  corporation (other than a consolidation or merger which does not result
in  any  reclassification  or  change  of the  outstanding  Common  Stock),  the
corporation  formed by such consolidation or merger shall execute and deliver to
the Holder a supplemental  warrant  agreement  providing that the Holder of each
Warrant then  outstanding or to be outstanding  shall have the right  thereafter
(until the  expiration  of such  Warrant)  to  receive,  upon  exercise  of such

<PAGE>
Warrant,  the kind and  amount  of shares  of stock  and  other  securities  and
property receivable upon such consolidation or merger, by a holder of the number
of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which such warrant  might have been
exercised  immediately prior to such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or transfer.
Such supplemental warrant agreement shall provide for adjustments which shall be
identical to the adjustments  provided in Section 8. The above provision of this
Subsection shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or mergers.

          8.7 No Adjustment of Exercise Price in Certain Cases. No adjustment of
the Exercise Price shall be made:

          (a) Upon the issuance or sale of the  Warrants,  the shares of Warrant
Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of the  Warrants  or shares of Common  Stock
issuable upon exercise of options  outstanding  on the date hereof and described
in the prospectus relating to the Initial Public Offering;

          (b) Upon the  issuance  or sale of  shares of  Common  Stock  upon the
exercise of options,  rights or warrants,  or upon the conversion or exchange of
convertible or exchangeable securities, in any case where the Exercise Price was
adjusted  at the time of  issuance  of such  options,  rights  or  warrants,  or
convertible or exchangeable  securities,  as contemplated by Section 8.2 hereof;
or

          (c) If the amount of said adjustment shall be less than 2 cents ($.02)
per share of Warrant Stock; provided,  however, that in such case any adjustment
that would  otherwise be required  then to be made shall be carried  forward and
shall be made at the time of and together  with the next  subsequent  adjustment
which, together with any adjustment so carried forward, shall amount to at least
2 cents ($.02) per share of Warrant Stock.

          8.8 Dividends and Other  Distributions.  In the event that the Company
shall at any time  prior to the  exercise  of all  Warrants  declare a  dividend
(other than a dividend consisting solely of shares of Common Stock) or otherwise
distribute  to its  stockholders  any assets,  property,  rights,  evidences  of
indebtedness,  securities (other than shares of Common Stock), whether issued by
the  Company or by  another,  or any other  thing of value,  the  Holders of the
unexercised Warrants shall thereafter be entitled,  in addition to the shares of
Common  Stock or other  securities  and  property  receivable  upon the exercise
thereof,  to receive,  upon the exercise of such  Warrants,  the same  property,
assets,  rights,  evidences of  indebtedness,  securities  or any other thing of
value that they would have been entitled to receive at the time of such dividend
or distribution as if the Warrants had been exercised  immediately prior to such
dividend or distribution. At the time of any such dividend or distribution,  the
Company shall make appropriate  reserves to ensure the timely performance of the

<PAGE>
provisions of this subsection 8.5.  Nothing  contained  herein shall provide for
the receipt or accrual by a Holder of cash  dividends  prior to the  exercise by
such Holder of the Warrants.

          9.  Exchange and  Replacement  of Warrant  Certificates.  Each Warrant
Certificate is exchangeable  without expense,  upon the surrender thereof by the
registered  Holder at the principal  executive office of the Company,  for a new
Warrant  Certificate  of like tenor and date  representing  in the aggregate the
right  to  purchase  the  same  number  of  shares  of  Warrant  Stock  in  such
denominations  as shall be designated by the Holder  thereof at the time of such
surrender.

          Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably  satisfactory to it
of the loss, theft,  destruction or mutilation of any Warrant Certificate,  and,
in case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  of  indemnity  or security  reasonably
satisfactory to it, and reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable  expenses
incidental  thereto,  and upon surrender and  cancellation  of the Warrants,  if
mutilated,  the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant  Certificate of like
tenor, in lieu thereof.

          10.  Elimination  of  Fractional  Interests.  The Company shall not be
required to issue certificates representing fractions of shares of Warrant Stock
upon the  exercise of the  Warrants,  nor shall it be required to issue scrip or
pay cash in lieu of  fractional  interests,  it being the intent of the  parties
that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up to
the  nearest  whole  number  of  shares of  Warrant  Stock or other  securities,
properties or rights.

          11.  Reservation  and Listing.  The Company shall at all times reserve
and keep available out of its authorized shares of Common Stock,  solely for the
purpose of issuance upon the exercise of the Warrants,  such number of shares of
Warrant  Stock or other  securities,  properties  or rights as shall be issuable
upon the exercise thereof.  The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise
of the  Warrants  and  payment of the  Exercise  Price  therefor,  all shares of
Warrant Stock and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and
validly  issued,  fully paid,  non-assessable  and not subject to the preemptive
rights of any  stockholder.  As long as the Warrants shall be  outstanding,  the
Company shall use its best efforts to cause all shares of Warrant Stock issuable
upon the  exercise of the Warrants to be listed  (subject to official  notice of
issuance)  on all  securities  exchanges on which the Common Stock issued to the
public in  connection  herewith may then be listed  and/or  quoted on The Nasdaq
Stock Market.

          12. Notices to Warrant  Holders.  Nothing  contained in this Agreement
shall be  construed  as  conferring  upon the  Holders  the  right to vote or to
consent or to receive  notice as a  stockholder  in respect of any  meetings  of
stockholders for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any
rights  whatsoever as a stockholder  of the Company.  If,  however,  at any time
prior to the expiration of the Warrants and their exercise, any of the following
events shall occur:

<PAGE>
          (a) the  Company  shall take a record of the  holders of its shares of
Common  Stock  for the  purpose  of  entitling  them to  receive a  dividend  or
distribution  payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution
payable otherwise than out of current or retained earnings,  as indicated by the
accounting  treatment  of such  dividend  or  distribution  on the  books of the
Company; or

          (b) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Common Stock any
additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into
or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right
or warrant to subscribe therefor; or

          (c) a  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up of the Company  (other
than  in  connection  with  a  consolidation  or  merger)  or a  sale  of all or
substantially  all of its property,  assets and business as an entirety shall be
proposed;  then,  in any one or more of said  events,  the  Company  shall  give
written  notice of such event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date fixed
as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination
of the  stockholders  entitled to such  dividend,  distribution,  convertible or
exchangeable  securities  or  subscription  rights,  or entitled to vote on such
proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify
such record date or the date of closing the transfer  books, as the case may be.
Failure to give such notice or any defect  therein shall not affect the validity
of any action taken in connection  with the  declaration  or payment of any such
dividend,  or the issuance of any  convertible or  exchangeable  securities,  or
subscription  rights,   options  or  warrants,   or  any  proposed  dissolution,
liquidation, winding up or sale.

          13. Notices. All notices, requests,  consents and other communications
hereunder  shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly made when
delivered, or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

          (a) If to the  registered  Holder of the  Warrants,  to the address of
such Holder as shown on the books of the Company; or

          (b) If to the Company, to the address set forth in Section 3 hereof or
to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holders.

          14. Supplements and Amendments. The Company and the Representative may
from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any
Holders of Warrant Certificates (other than the Representative) in order to cure
any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may
be defective or inconsistent  with any provisions  herein,  or to make any other
provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder which the Company

<PAGE>
and the Representative may deem necessary or desirable and which the Company and
the Representative  deem shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders
of Warrant Certificates.

          15.  Successors.  All the covenants and  provisions of this  Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the  Company,  the Holders and
their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

          16.  Termination.  This  Agreement  shall  terminate  at the  close of
business on ________,  2004.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification
provisions  of  Section  7 shall  survive  such  termination  until the close of
business on ________, 2007.

          17. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and each
Warrant Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under
the laws of the State of New York and for all  purposes  shall be  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of said State  without  giving  effect to the rules of
said State governing the conflicts of laws. The Company,  the Representative and
the Holders hereby agree that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising
out of, or relating in any way to, this Agreement  shall be brought and enforced
in the courts of the State of New York or of the United  States  District  Court
for  the  Southern  District  of New  York,  and  irrevocably  submits  to  such
jurisdiction,   which  jurisdiction  shall  be  exclusive.   The  Company,   the
Representative  and the Holders hereby  irrevocably  waive any objection to such
exclusive  jurisdiction or inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be
served  upon any of the  Company,  the  Representative  and the  Holders (at the
option of the party bringing such action,  proceeding or claim) may be served by
transmitting  a copy thereof,  by registered or certified  mail,  return receipt
requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section
13 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and
binding  upon the party so  served  in any  action,  proceeding  or  claim.  The
Company, the Representative and the Holders agree that the prevailing party(ies)
in any such action or  proceeding  shall be  entitled to recover  from the other
party(ies) all of its/their reasonable legal costs and expenses relating to such
action  or  proceeding  and/or  incurred  in  connection  with  the  preparation
therefor.

          18. Entire  Agreement;  Modification.  This  Agreement  (including the
Underwriting  Agreement to the extent  portions  thereof are referred to herein)
contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the
subject  matter  hereof and may not be modified  or amended  except by a writing
duly  signed  by the party  against  whom  enforcement  of the  modification  or
amendment is sought.

          19. Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to
be invalid or  unenforceable,  such  invalidity  or  unenforceability  shall not
affect any other provision of this Agreement.

<PAGE>
          20.  Captions.  The caption headings of the Sections of this Agreement
are for  convenience of reference only and are not intended,  nor should they be
construed as, a part of this Agreement and shall be given no substantive effect.

          21.  Benefits of this  Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement  shall be
construed  to give to any person or  corporation  other than the Company and the
Representative and any other registered Holder(s) of the Warrant Certificates or
Warrant  Securities  any legal or  equitable  right,  remedy or claim under this
Agreement; and this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the
Company  and  the   Representative  and  any  other  Holder(s)  of  the  Warrant
Certificates or Warrant Securities.

          22.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed in any number of
counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to
be an original,  and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

                                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
                                    COMPANY

                                    By:_________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:
Attest:

- -------------------------------
_______________, Secretary

                                    DONALD & CO. SECURITIES INC.

                                    By:___________________________________
                                       Name:   Stephen A. Blum
                                       Title:  President
<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT A

                          [FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE]

THE WARRANTS  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE OTHER SECURITIES  ISSUABLE
UPON  EXERCISE  THEREOF  MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD  EXCEPT  PURSUANT  TO (i) AN
EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"),  (ii) TO THE  EXTENT  APPLICABLE,  RULE 144  UNDER THE
SECURITIES  ACT (OR ANY SIMILAR RULE UNDER SUCH ACT RELATING TO THE  DISPOSITION
OF  SECURITIES),  OR (iii) AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL,  IF SUCH  OPINION  SHALL BE
REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO COUNSEL  FOR THE  ISSUER,  THAT AN  EXEMPTION  FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IS AVAILABLE.

THE  TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF THE WARRANTS  REPRESENTED  BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  IS
RESTRICTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WARRANT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.


                            EXERCISABLE ON OR BEFORE
                    5:30 P.M., NEW YORK TIME, ________, 2002


No. W-                                                      _________  Warrants
                               WARRANT CERTIFICATE

         This  Warrant  Certificate   certifies  that  ________,  or  registered
assigns,  is  the  registered  holder  of  _____________  Warrants  to  purchase
initially,  at any time from  ________,  1998 until  5:30 P.M.  New York time on
________,   2002   ("Expiration   Date"),   up  to  _________   fully  paid  and
non-assessable  shares of common stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock"),  of THE
SOURCE INFORMATION  MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Missouri  corporation (the "Company"),
at the initial  exercise  price,  subject to adjustment  in certain  events (the
"Exercise  Price"),  of  $_____  per  share,  upon  surrender  of  this  Warrant
Certificate  and  payment  of the  Exercise  Price at an office or agency of the
Company,   but  subject  to  the   conditions   set  forth  herein  and  in  the
Representative's Warrant Agreement dated as of _______, 1997 between the Company

<PAGE>
and Donald & Co.  Securities Inc. (the  "Representative's  Warrant  Agreement").
Payment of the Exercise  Price shall be made by certified or official bank check
in New York Clearing House funds payable to the order of the Company.

                  No Warrant may be exercised after 5:30 p.m., New York time, on
the  Expiration  Date,  at which  time all  Warrants  evidenced  hereby,  unless
exercised prior thereto, hereby shall thereafter be void.

                  The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of
a duly  authorized  issue of Warrants  issued  pursuant to the  Representative's
Warrant   Agreement,   which   Representative's   Warrant  Agreement  is  hereby
incorporated  by reference in and made a part of this  instrument  and is hereby
referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights,  obligations,
duties and  immunities  thereunder  of the Company  and the  holders  (the words
"holders" or "holder"  meaning the registered  holders or registered  holder) of
the Warrants.

                  The Representative's  Warrant Agreement provides that upon the
occurrence  of certain  events the Exercise  Price and the type and/or number of
the Company's  securities issuable thereupon may, subject to certain conditions,
be  adjusted.  In such event,  the Company  will,  at the request of the holder,
issue a new Warrant Certificate  evidencing the adjustment in the Exercise Price
and the number  and/or  type of  securities  issuable  upon the  exercise of the
Warrants;  provided,  however, that the failure of the Company to issue such new
Warrant  Certificates  shall not in any way change,  alter, or otherwise impair,
the rights of the holder as set forth in the Representative's Warrant Agreement.

                  Upon due  presentment  for  registration  of  transfer of this
Warrant  Certificate  at an  office  or agency  of the  Company,  a new  Warrant
Certificate  or  Warrant  Certificates  of  like  tenor  and  evidencing  in the
aggregate  a like  number of Warrants  shall be issued to the  transferee(s)  in
exchange  for this  Warrant  Certificate,  subject to the  limitations  provided
herein and in the Representative's Warrant Agreement,  without any charge except
for any tax or  other  governmental  charge  imposed  in  connection  with  such
transfer.

                  Upon the exercise of less than all of the  Warrants  evidenced
by this  Certificate,  the Company shall  forthwith issue to the holder hereof a
new Warrant Certificate representing such number of unexercised Warrants.

                  The Company may deem and treat the registered holder(s) hereof
as the  absolute  owner(s)  of this  Warrant  Certificate  (notwithstanding  any
notation of ownership or other writing  hereon made by anyone),  for the purpose
of any exercise hereof, and of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for
all other  purposes,  and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

<PAGE>
                  All terms used in this Warrant  Certificate  which are defined
in the  Representative's  Warrant  Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Representative's Warrant Agreement.

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has caused  this  Warrant
Certificate to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

Dated as of ________, 199__


                                           THE SOURCE INFORMATION
                                           MANAGEMENT COMPANY



                                           By:__________________________________
                                                    Name:
                                                    Title:

Attest:


- ----------------------------
                  , Secretary

<PAGE>
                         [FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE]



          The  undersigned  hereby  irrevocably  elects to  exercise  the right,
represented by this Warrant Certificate, to purchase __________ shares of Common
Stock and  herewith  tenders in  payment  for such  securities  a  certified  or
official bank check payable in New York Clearing House Funds to the order of THE
SOURCE  INFORMATION  MANAGEMENT  COMPANY in the amount of  $___________,  all in
accordance with the terms hereof.  The  undersigned  requests that a certificate
for such securities be registered in the name of  ______________________________
whose  address  is  __________________________  and  that  such  Certificate  be
delivered to ___________________ whose address is ----------------------------.



Dated:                            Signature:___________________________________
                                            (Signature must conform in all
                                             respects to name of holder as
                                             specified on the face of the
                                             Warrant Certificate.)


                                             (Insert Social Security or Other
                                             Identifying Number of Holder)
<PAGE>
                              [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT]


                (To be exercised by the registered holder if such
              holder desires to transfer the Warrant Certificate.)



         FOR VALUE RECEIVED
hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

                  (Please print name and address of transferee)

this Warrant  Certificate,  together with all right, title and interest therein,
and does  hereby  irrevocably  constitute  and  appoint  _______________________
Attorney,  to  transfer  the  within  Warrant  Certificate  on the  books of the
within-named Company, and full power of substitution.



Dated:                         Signature:__________________________________
                               (Signature must conform in all respects to name
                               of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant
                               Certificate.)

                               (Insert Social Security or Other Identifying
                               Number of Assignee)

                         GALLOP, JOHNSON & NEUMAN, L.C.
                            Interco Corporate Tower
                                 101 S. Hanley
                              St. Louis, MO 63105

                                 August 1, 1997


The Source Information Management Company
11644 Lilburn Park Road
St. Louis, MO  63114

         Re:  Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 333-__________)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel for The Source Information Management Company,
a Missouri  corporation  (the  "Company"),  in connection with the various legal
matters  relating to the filing of a Registration  Statement on Form SB-2,  File
No.  333-__________  (the "Registration  Statement") under the Securities Act of
1933,  as  amended,  relating  to  2,000,000  shares of the common  stock of the
Company,  $0.01  par  value per share  (the  "Common  Stock")  to be sold by the
Company, a warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Warrant") to
be issued by the Company to Donald & Co.  Securities,  Inc. as representative of
the several  underwriters,  200,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
exercise of the Warrant  (the  "Warrant  Shares"),  and up to 300,000  shares of
Common  Stock to be sold by  certain of the  shareholders  of the  Company  (the
"Selling  Shareholders")  pursuant  to an  option  to  purchase  granted  to the
representative to cover over-allotments.

         We have examined such corporate  records of the Company,  such laws and
such other  information  as we have deemed  relevant,  including  the  Company's
Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors
of the Company  relating to such offering and  certificates  received from state
officials and from officers of the Company.  In delivering this opinion, we have
assumed the  genuineness of all  signatures,  the  authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals,  the  conformity to the originals of all documents
submitted  to  us  as  certified,  photostatic  or  conformed  copies,  and  the
correctness of all statements submitted to us by officers of the Company.

         Based solely on the foregoing, the undersigned is of the opinion that:

         1.    The Company is a corporation duly incorporated,  validly existing
               and in good standing under the laws of the State of Missouri.

         2.    The Common  Stock,  the  Warrant  and the  Warrant  Shares  being
               offered  by the  Company,  if  sold  and  issued  in  the  manner

<PAGE>


The Source Information
  Management Company
August 1, 1997
Page 2

               described in the Registration  Statement,  will be validly issued
               and outstanding and will be fully paid and non-assessable.

         3.    The  Common   Stock   being   offered  by  each  of  the  Selling
               Shareholders are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

         We  consent  to  the  filing  of  this  opinion  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Registration Statement.
We also  consent  to your  filing  copies of this  opinion  as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement with agencies of such states as you deem necessary in the
course of complying  with the laws of such states  regarding the issuance of the
Common Stock sold.

                                        Very truly yours,



                                        GALLOP, JOHNSON & NEUMAN, L.C.

                        [THE SOURCE COMPANY LETTERHEAD]

January 15, 1996

Mr. John P. Watkins
139 Keswick Drive
Advance, NC 27006

Dear John:

The Source Company welcomes the opportunity to make the following proposal:

The  purpose  of  this  Memorandum  is to set  forth  the  principal  terms  and
conditions of the employment of John P. Watkins ("Watkins"),  138 Keswick Drive,
Advance,  North Carolina 27006  (telephone:  910-998-2125) by The Source Company
("The Source") 711 Gallimore Dairy Road, #200, High Point,  North Carolina 27265
(telephone: 910-665-0816, 314-995-9040, 212-319-8030).

1.  Watkins  will be  employed  by The  Source,  at its North  Carolina  office,
effective February 1, 1996. The initial term of the employment agreement will be
for two years, but it will continue thereafter  automatically from year to year,
unless  terminated by either party by written  notice to the other not less than
90 days prior to the  expiration of the initial term or any such annual  renewal
term.

2. Watkins's  position with The Source will be President of the Retail  Services
Group and Chief Administrative Officer of The Source. In this position,  Watkins
will be responsible for all Divisions of The Source engaged in serving  retailer
operations.  As  such,  the  president  of the RDA  Division  (Bob  Dixon),  the
president of the Fixture  Development  Division (Bob Shupe) and the president of
the  Merchandising  Division (George  Turnbull) will report directly to Watkins,
excluding the Advance Pay Program, which will be the separate  responsibility of
Lance McCord, the Chief Financial Officer of The Source.  Watkins will report to
the President of The Source, Bill Lee.

3. Watkins will receive a base salary,  subject to annual review and  increases,
of $150,000.

4.  Watkins  will also be provided  with a bonus of up to 50% of his base salary
for outstanding performance,  which is tied to total company revenue, not income
and  stock  performance,  and a  possible  additional  bonus  for  extraordinary
performance.


<PAGE>
5.  Watkins  Will be  provided  the fringe  benefits  provided  to other  senior
executives  of The Source,  including  the  provision of health  insurance and a
luxury automobile.

6. Watkins will be granted Incentive Stock Options to purchase 100,000 shares Of
common stock of The Source under the company's  existing  Incentive Stock Option
Plan.  Stock options awarded under the Plan must be granted at their fair market
value at the time of grant (regulations on valuation specify that the use of the
mean between the bid and asked quotation).  The term of the option will be for a
five year period,  with the right to exercise the option and purchase the shares
granted  vesting  over a period  of five  years,  cumulatively,  with 20% of the
shares under the option becoming  exercisable annually over the five year period
of the option.  Under the Internal Revenue Code, neither the grant of the option
not its exercise is a taxable  event.  The  transaction is only taxable when the
underlying  shares  purchased  upon the  exercise  of the option  are sold,  Any
profits  realized under the sale of the  underlying  shares are taxed at capital
gains rates at the time of sale of such shares.  Under Missouri law, the company
is not permitted to issue its shares in return for a promissory note.

7. Watkins would agree that for the two year period following the termination of
his employment  with The Source,  Watkins would not: (a) engage in any business,
directly or  indirectly,  in  competition  with The  Source,  or (b) solicit the
employment  of any  employee or agent of The Source or employ any person who has
been an employee of The Source within one year following the date of termination
of Watkins's  employment or otherwise in contravention  of an agreement  between
any person and The Source.

8. Watkins would agree to maintain in confidence  and not to use for any purpose
other than in connection  with his  employment by The Source any  proprietary or
confidential information of The Source.

If you have any  questions or need  clarification  please call me at (910) 665 -
0816 or page me at (800)  913-4226.  I look  forward  to a long  and  prosperous
relationship.

Sincerely,



/s/ Bill Lee                                     /s/ John P. Watkins
President/CEO

                          EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN
                             THE SOURCE COMPANY AND
                                 ROBERT G. SHUPE

         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is entered into as of the 30th
day  of  August,  1995  between  THE  SOURCE  COMPANY,  a  Missouri  corporation
("Employer" or "Company"), and Robert G. Shupe ("Employee").

         Employer and Employee  agree that the Company is in the business of the
collection of retail  discount  allowances,  pocket  payments and other rebates,
discounts and  allowances  related to the sale of  periodicals,  books and other
products  through  retail  operations,  the  collection,  review and analysis of
retail sales  information,  the sale of rack  fixtures,  and related  consulting
services  throughout  the United  States and Canada.  The parties  recognize the
nationwide  scope  of the  Company's  business  and the  national  relationships
established with the parties necessary to transact the Company's business.

         Employer and Employee  wish to  establish  the terms of the  continuing
employment of Employee and desire to enter into this Agreement for that purpose;
and therefore, Employer and Employee agree as follows:

         1. Employment.  Employer hereby employs  Employee,  and Employee hereby
accepts such  employment  from Employer upon the following terms and conditions.
Employee represents that Employee's employment by the Company under the terms of
this  Agreement  will not  violate  or result in a breach  of any  agreement  or
obligation to which Employee is a party or by which Employee may be bound.

         2. Term of  Employment.  The term of Employee's  employment  under this
Agreement  shall  commence as of the date hereof and continue  until February 4,
1996,  and  thereafter  shall   automatically  be  extended  and  continued  for
successive  one-year periods unless terminated by Employer or Employee as of the
end of the  initial  term,  or at any time  thereafter,  upon  not less  than 30
calendar  days'  notice  of  termination;  or, in the case of a  termination  by
Employer,  any  combination  of notice and/or  termination  pay which totals one
month.  Employee's employment under this Agreement may also be terminated at any
time during the term hereof upon the occurrence of any of the following:

                  (A) Employee's death.

                  (B) At Employer's  option,  on 30 days' written notice, in the
         event of Employee's Disability (defined as the failure substantially to
         discharge  Employee's  duties under this  Agreement for 90  consecutive
         days or 120 days during any 12- month  period as a result of an injury,
         


<PAGE>
         disease,   sickness  or  other  physical  or  mental   incapacity).   A
         determination  of  Employee's  Disability  shall be made by a  licensed
         physician  chosen by Employer  subject to  Employee's  approval,  which
         approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld.  If Employer and Employee
         do not agree on a physician, a physician shall be chosen by the Dean of
         the Washington  University (St. Louis) School of Medicine.  The cost of
         the  determination  shall  be  borne by the  corporation  and  shall be
         binding on Employer and Employee.

                  (C) By Employer  for "cause,"  which shall mean:  (i) Employee
         has engaged in the conduct of bribery, stealing,  embezzlement,  fraud,
         dishonesty,  giving false  information or statements,  submitting false
         reports,  misappropriation of funds or violation of paragraph 6 of this
         Agreement;  (ii) Employee's  continuing  failure to perform  Employee's
         duties or excessive, unexcused absenteeism from work (provided Employer
         has  given  written  notice  to  Employee  setting  forth the basis for
         Employer's claim of Employee's  failure to perform Employee's duties or
         excessive,  unexcused  absenteeism,  and Employee has failed to correct
         such failure of performance or absenteeism),  other than for Employee's
         Disability  under  paragraph (B); or (iii)  Employee's  conviction of a
         felony.

                  (D) Upon the mutual  agreement  in writing of the  Company and
         the Employee.

Upon  Employee's  cessation  of  employment  for  any of the  above  reasons  or
voluntarily by Employee upon advance written notice as provided herein, Employee
shall receive only accrued  salary,  bonus and vacation pay earned and unpaid as
of  the  date  of   termination,   and  shall  not  be  entitled  to  additional
compensation.

         3.   Duties  of   Employment.   Employee   shall   serve   Employer  as
President-Display  Group.  Employer may also designate  additional  duties to be
performed by Employee.  Employee shall serve at Employer's direction and control
to the best of  Employee's  ability,  and shall  perform such duties and in such
capacities  within the scope of Employee's  position as are assigned to Employee
from time to time by senior officers of Employer.

         4.  Compensation.  Employer  agrees  to  pay  Employee  for  Employee's
services  during the term of Employee's  employment  under this Agreement a base
salary as set forth in Appendix A, subject to required  withholdings and payable
at such times and otherwise on a basis consistent with Employer's normal pay and
compensation  practices.  If  applicable,   Employer  shall  also  pay  Employee
additional  incentive bonuses,  if earned,  determined in the manner provided in
Appendix A.

         5. Extent of  Services.  Employee  agrees to devote  Employee's  entire
working time, attention, skills and productive efforts to the business of


                                        2

<PAGE>
Employer  (except for usual  vacations  and  reasonable  time for  attention  to
personal affairs,  so long as Employee's  performance is not adversely  affected
thereby).  Employee agrees to continually endeavor to improve Employee's ability
and  knowledge  of the  business of  Employer in order to increase  the value of
Employee's  services for the mutual  benefit of Employee and Employer.  Employee
shall not, during the term of this Agreement or any extension  thereof,  without
Employer's  prior written  consent,  be engaged in any other business  activity,
whether  or not such  business  activity  is pursued  for gain,  profit or other
pecuniary advantage; which shall not prevent Employee from investing in not more
than 1% of any issue of capita)  stock or other  securities  of any  corporation
whose  stock is traded on a national  securities  exchange  or  over-the-counter
market and with which  Employee  has no  employment,  representative,  agency or
fiduciary relationship.

         6. Covenants of Employee.

                  (A) During  Employee's  employment  with  Employer and for two
         years  thereafter,  Employee  agrees  that  Employee  will not,  in any
         manner, directly or indirectly:

                           (i)  Except  as  required  in  Employee's  duties  to
                  Employer,  disclose or divulge to any person or entity, or use
                  for Employee's own benefit or the benefit of any other person,
                  directly  or  indirectly,  any  knowledge,  business  methods,
                  customer lists,  supplier lists, data, business plans or other
                  information of Employer. Employer and Employee stipulate that,
                  as between them, such  information is important,  material and
                  confidential  and greatly affects the effective and successful
                  conduct of the business and the goodwill of Employer;

                          (ii)      Solicit, divert, take away or interfere with
                  any of the customers, business, employees or agents of
                  Employer; or

                         (iii)  Engage,  personally  or as an  employee,  owner,
                  partner,   associate,   officer,   manager,   agent,  advisor,
                  consultant or otherwise, or by means of any corporate or other
                  entity or device,  in any business within the United States or
                  Canada  which  is  competitive  with  any  business  in  which
                  Employer engaged during Employee's  employment by Employer, or
                  which Employer has formulated definitive plans to enter and of
                  which Employee has knowledge.

                  (B)Each  agreement  of Employee  in this  paragraph 6 shall be
         construed to be independent  and severable from any other  provision of
         this  Agreement.  The existence of any claim or cause of action against
         Employer,  whether  based on this  Agreement  or  otherwise,  shall not
         constitute  a  defense  to the  enforcement  by  Employer  of any  such
         agreement.

                                        3

<PAGE>
                  (C)Employer  and Employee intend to restrict the activities of
         Employee  under this  paragraph 6 only to the extent  necessary for the
         protection  of the business  interests  of Employer.  Should any of the
         provisions  hereof be  determined  to be too broad for that  purpose or
         invalid or  unenforceable  for any reason,  such  provisions will be so
         interpreted  and applied in such a narrower  sense as is  necessary  to
         make them  valid  and  enforceable  in  accordance  with the  intent of
         Employer and Employee expressed herein, or, if legally necessary in any
         jurisdiction,  so as to severally  exclude any one or more of them from
         this Agreement.

                  (D)For purposes of this  Agreement,  a business will be deemed
         competitive  if it is  conducted  in whole or in part within the United
         States  or Canada  and  involves  the  collection  of  retail  discount
         allowances,  pocket payments or other rebates,  discounts or allowances
         relating to the sale of  periodicals,  books or other products  through
         retail operations, the collection,  review and analysis of retail sales
         information,   the  sale  of  rack  fixtures,  and  related  consulting
         services;  or if it involves any other  business  which is  competitive
         with any  business in which the  Company is engaged  during the term of
         this Agreement or as of the date of Employee's cessation of employment,
         or as to which the  Company  has  formulated,  on or before the date of
         cessation  of  employment,  definitive  plans to enter  into,  of which
         Employee has knowledge.

         7. Expenses and Fringe Benefits. During the term of this Agreement:

                  (A)Employer  will  pay or  reimburse  Employee  for  items  of
         reasonable and necessary expense authorized by Employer and incurred by
         Employee in the interest of the business of Employer upon  presentation
         by  Employee,  within 90 days after the date  incurred,  of an itemized
         account of such  expenditures  sufficient to support the  deductibility
         thereof for federal income tax purposes.  Any such reimbursement  shall
         be made by  Employer  within its normal  expense  reimbursement  cycle,
         generally within 30 days after  Employer's  receipt of such itemization
         from Employee.

                  (B)Employee  shall be  entitled to  participate  in the fringe
         benefits  (medical,   including  dependent  coverage,  life  insurance,
         pension,  retirement,  401k or other  fringe  benefits,  some or all of
         which may entail Employee contributions),  if any, normally accorded to
         Employees  at the  same  level as  Employee;  provided,  however,  that
         nothing in this Agreement shall obligate  Employer to continue any such
         benefits in force (or to require  Employer to maintain  the benefits at
         their present levels,  standards or Employee contribution rate) for any
         particular period of time. Employer specifically reserves

                                        4

<PAGE>
         the right to add or change any such  coverages or  benefits,  to reduce
         any coverages or benefits, or to eliminate any coverages or benefits at
         any time, and to change the eligibility criteria,  carriers,  providers
         or plans relating to any such benefits or coverages, with corresponding
         changes in  coverage,  cost and  eligibility,  without any such change,
         cancellation or modification being deemed a breach of this Agreement.

         8. Documents. All documents,  software, records,  notebooks,  programs,
invoices, statements and correspondence,  including all copies thereof, relating
to the business of Employer,  whether prepared by Employee or others  ("Employer
Documents") are the sole property of Employer.  Upon the cessation of Employee's
employment  with Employer,  all Employer  Documents in Employee's  possession or
control will be returned and left with the Employer.

         9.  Remedies.  It is agreed  that the breach or evasion of the terms of
this  Agreement by Employee will result in immediate and  irreparable  injury to
Employer  which cannot be adequately  compensated  for by the payment of damages
alone and will authorize recourse to injunction and/or specific  performance and
all other legal or equitable  remedies to which  Employer  may be  entitled.  No
remedy  conferred by any specific  provision of this Agreement is intended to be
exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and
in addition to every other remedy given  hereunder or now or hereafter  existing
at law or in equity,  by statute or  otherwise.  The election of any one or more
remedies by any party shall not constitute a waiver of the right to pursue other
available  remedies.  Employee  represents  and admits  that in the event of the
cessation of  Employee's  employment  with  Employer for any reason,  Employee's
experience and  capabilities  are such that Employee can obtain  employment in a
business in other  lines or of a  different  nature,  and the  enforcement  of a
remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Employee from earning a livelihood.
In the event  Employer  or  Employee  institutes  legal  action to  enforce  the
provisions of this Agreement which results in a judgment,  the prevailing  party
shall be entitled to recover its  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and related costs
and expenses,  in addition to any other judgment,  award or remedy to which such
party may be entitled.

         10. Severability;  Enforceability.  All agreements and covenants herein
are severable.  In the event any of them are held to be invalid or unenforceable
as to any jurisdiction by any competent court,  this Agreement shall continue in
full force and effect and, subject to subparagraph 6(C), shall be interpreted as
if such  agreements  or  covenants  were not  contained  herein,  to the  extent
necessary with respect to that jurisdiction. The reason or cause for termination
of Employee's  employment or non-renewal of this Agreement  shall not affect the
enforceability of any provision of this Agreement.

                                        5

<PAGE>
         11. Waiver or  Modification.  No waiver,  amendment or  modification of
this  Agreement or any portion hereof shall be valid unless it is in writing and
duly executed by the party to be charged  therewith.  No evidence of any waiver,
amendment  or  modification  shall be offered or received  into  evidence in any
proceeding,  arbitration  or  litigation  between the parties  arising out of or
affecting this Agreement, or the rights or obligations of the parties hereunder,
unless such waiver, amendment or modification is in writing and duly executed as
described  above.  The failure of the Employer to exercise or otherwise act with
respect  to any of its rights  hereunder  in the event of a breach of any of the
terms or  conditions  hereof by Employee  shall not be  construed as a waiver of
such  breach,  nor shall any such conduct  prevent the Company  from  thereafter
enforcing strict compliance with any and all of the terms and conditions hereof.

         12.      Notices.  All notices or other communications hereunder
shall be written and shall be deemed to have been given if
delivered personally or mailed by certified or registered mail,
return receipt requested, or sent by next business day courier,


         if to Employer, to:               and, if to Employee, to:

         The Source Company                Robert G. Shupe
         Attention: President              4109 Pheasant Run Dr.
         11644 Lilburn Park Road           Greensboro, North Carolina 27408
         St. Louis, Missouri 63146 

or to such other  addresses  and persons as to which the parties  give notice in
the manner provided under this paragraph 12.

         13.  Construction.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
under the laws of the State of Missouri,  notwithstanding the place of execution
hereof or the  performance  of any acts in  connection  with this  Agreement  or
Employee's  employment  by Employer  hereunder  in any other  jurisdiction.  For
purposes of paragraph 6 of this Agreement,  references to Employer shall include
companies or other entities  controlled by,  controlling or under common control
with  Employer,  whether such control is  exercised  through  ownership or other
direction of the management or policies of any such company or entity.

         14. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to
the benefit of Employer and Employee and their respective  successors,  assigns,
heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.


                                        6

<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.



EMPLOYEE                                       THE SOURCE COMPANY "Employer"



/s/ Robert G. Shupe                            By: 
- --------------------                               ---------------------------
Robert G. Shupe                                    S. Leslie Flegel
                                                   Chairman of the Board and
                                                   Chief Executive Officer
                                        7

         THIS  NON-COMPETITION  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of this 14th day of November,  1994 between Display  Information Systems
Company,  Inc. a  Pennsylvania  corporation  ("Company")  and Dwight L.  DeGolia
("Employee").

         This agreement is being entered into in consideration of the continuing
employment  of Employee and certain  other key employees of Company and in order
to protect  the value of  Company's  assets  for the  benefit  of  Employee  and
Company's other employees.

         For and in  consideration  of the premises and the mutual  promises and
agreements  contained  herein the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.       Agreements Regarding Company's Business.

(a) During or after the term of  Employee's  employment by Company and for three
(3) years  thereafter,  Employee agrees that Employee will not divulge to anyone
other than  Company's  officers,  (or such other  persons as such  officers  may
designate),  or, except in the performance of Employee's  duty to Company,  make
any use of (i) any information or knowledge  relating to the business of Company
on which  Employee  shall  have  worked or shall be working  or  otherwise  have
knowledge;  (ii)  Company's  business or that of any of Company's  affiliates or
suppliers or (iii) any other  business or technical  information  not  generally
known by the public which is either confidential in nature or is not intended to
be disclosed to others and which  Employee  shall have  obtained  either 90 days
prior to, or during the Employee's employment by Company.

(b) During the term of  Employees  employment  by Company  and for two (2) years
thereafter,  for whatever  reason,  Employee  covenants and agrees that employee
will not, in any manner, directly or indirectly:  (i) solicit, divert, take away
or interfere with any of the customers, trade, business, patronage, employees or
agents of  Company;  or (ii) or for the period of one year  engage,  indirectly,
either  personally  or as an  employee,  partner,  associate  partner,  officer,
manager, agent, advisor,  consultant, or otherwise, or by means of any corporate
or other  entity  or  device,  in any  business  which is  competitive  with the
business of Company.

(c) For the  purpose  hereof,  a business  will be deemed  competitive  with the
business of Company if it involves the furnishing of goods or services which are
competitive,  as of the date of cessation of  Employee's  employment by Company,
with any business  then being  conducted by Company,  or as to which Company has
formulated  definitive  plans  to  enter  as of the  date  of the  cessation  of
Employee's employment by Company.

(d)  All  documents,   agreements,   records,  software,  notebooks,   invoices,
statements, promotional materials and correspondence,  including copies thereof,
relating to the business of Company,  whether  prepared by Company,  Employee or



<PAGE>
others ("Company  Records"),  whether presently existing or hereafter  prepared,
are and will  continue  to be the  property of Company.  Upon the  cessation  of
Employees  employment by Company,  for whatever  reason,  all Company Records in
Employee's  possession or under Employee's control will be immediately delivered
to Company.

(e) All of the  covenants  of Employee  contained  in this  paragraph 1 shall be
construed as agreements  independent of any other  provision of this  Agreement,
given for adequate and independent consideration, and the existence of any claim
or cause of action  against  Company,  whether  predicated on this  Agreement or
otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by Company of these
covenants.

(f) It is the  intention  of the  parties  to  restrict  the  activities  of the
Employee under this paragraph 1 only to extent the provisions hereof are legally
enforceable.  The  parties  specifically  covenant  and agree that if any of the
provisions hereto under any set of circumstances,  whether or not foreseeable by
the parties,  are hereafter held to be invalid or unenforceable in their present
form and scope in any jurisdiction,  the remaining  provisions of this Agreement
shall continue to be given full force and effect,  without regard to the invalid
portions of their unenforceability in such jurisdiction,  and such holding shall
not affect the validity or  enforceability  of this Agreement in its entirety in
any other  jurisdiction.  Furthermore,  if any of the  provisions  or  covenants
contained in this paragraph 1 are held to be  unenforceable  in any jurisdiction
because of the  duration  or scope  thereof,  the  parties  agree that the court
making such  determination  shall have the power to reduce the  duration  and/or
scope of such provision or covenant and, in its reduced form,  said provision or
covenant shall be enforceable; provided, however, that the determination of such
court  shall not affect the  enforceability  of this  paragraph 1 in its present
form and scope in any other jurisdiction.

(g) For purposes of this  paragraph 1,  reference to Company  shall  include any
corporation,  partnership  or other entity  controlling,  controlled by or under
common control with Company.


2.  Notices.  Any notice  under this  agreement  shall be in writing and sent by
certified or registered  mail, next business day courier  delivery,  telegram or
personal delivery addressed to the party to be notified at the address set forth
below. Notice shall be deemed received upon deposit in the mail or delivery to a
next  business day courier or  telegraph  company in  accordance  with the terms
hereof, or if notice is given by personal delivery,  then notice shall be deemed
received on the date of delivery,


                                        2

<PAGE>
a)       In the case of the Company, to:

                  Display Information Systems Company, Inc.
                  11644 Lilburn Park
                  St Louis, MO 63146
                  Attn:  Michael Garavalia

         b)       In the case of the Employee, to:

                  14884 Greenleaf Valley Dr.
                  Chesterfield, MO 63017



3.       Waiver. The failure of the parties to insist upon strict
performance of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of this
Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of
future compliance, and said terms, conditions and provisions shall
remain in full force and effect.

4.       Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended only by a written
agreement executed by all of the parties.

5.       Governing Law.  This agreement shall be governed by and
construed under the laws of the State of Missouri, notwithstanding
the place of execution hereof or the performance of any acts by
Employee or Company in any other jurisdiction.

6.  Remedies.  It is agreed  that the  breach of the term of this  Agreement  by
Employee will result in immediate and irreparable injury to Company which cannot
be  adequately  compensated  for by the  payment of  damages.  Company  shall be
entitled to obtain  relief  from the effect of such breach by way of  injunction
and  specific  performance,  as well as any relief  available  under any and all
other available legal or equitable  remedies,  including the recovery of damages
suffered by Company by reason of such breach.  No remedy conferred by any of the
specific  provisions of this  Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other
remedy,  and each and every remedy shall be cumulative  and in addition to every
other remedy by statute or  otherwise.  The election of any one or more remedies
by Company shall not constitute a waiver of the right to pursue other  available
remedies,  In the event it becomes  necessary for Company to institute a suit at
law or in equity for the  purpose of  enforcing  any of the  provisions  of this
Agreement,  Company  shall be  entitled  to  recover  from  Employee,  Company's
reasonable attorney's fees, plus court costs and expenses.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  each party, or its duly authorized  officer, if applicable,
has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                        3

<PAGE>
ATTEST:


                                               By: /s/ Michael Garavalia
                                                  ---------------------------
Secretary                                         Michael Garavalia,
                                                  President

                                                        "Company"


                                                  /s/ Dwight L. DeGolia
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                  Dwight L. DeGolia

                                                       "Employee"
                                        4

                         FRONT END MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


          This Front End  Management  Agreement  is entered into as of ________,
1997 between THE SOURCE COMPANY,  a Missouri  corporation  ("THE SOURCE"),  1164
Lilburn Park Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63146, and KMART CORPORATION,  a Michigan
corporation ("KMART"), 3100 West Big Beaver Road, Troy, Michigan 48084.

         In consideration of the mutual  covenants,  terms and conditions herein
contained, the parties agree as follows:

         1.  Appointment  by  KMART;  Acceptance  by THE  SOURCE.  KMART  hereby
appoints THE SOURCE as its  management  agent,  and THE SOURCE  hereby accept as
such  appointment,  to oversee  and assist  KMART in the  management  of GM/HBC,
confection and publication product categories offered by KMART and in particular
to provide those services  described on EXHIBIT A and EXHIBIT B attached  hereto
and made a part hereof (collectively,  the "Services").  Reasonable care and its
best  efforts  shall  be  utilized  by THE  SOURCE  in the  performance  of this
Agreement.

         2.  Authority.  In connection with the provision of the Services by THE
SOURCE  hereunder,  KMART hereby  authorizes THE SOURCE to take and perform,  or
cause to be taken  and  performed,  such  actions,  in the name and on behalf of
KMART, as may be necessary or desirable,  in the judgment of THE SOURCE, for the
performance of the Services,  subject to the terms of this Agreement. THE SOURCE
and its designees shall at all times have the complete and unrestricted right of
access to the  facilities,  offices  and the books and  records  relating to the
subject of the Services.  Notwithstanding  any provision of the  Agreement,  all
Services  provided by THE SOURCE  shall be  performed  under the  direction  and
control of KMART, and THE SOURCE will immediately  modify or delete any practice
as requested by KMART.

         3.  Confidentiality.  THE SOURCE agrees that any and all information in
any form that is  provided to THE SOURCE or its  representatives  by KMART or is
otherwise  obtained  by THE SOURCE as part of this  Agreement  is  provided  and
received in  confidence,  and THE SOURCE will at times  preserve and protect the
confidentiality  of such  information,  and any other  proprietary  or nonpublic
information  of or  relating  to KMART  which THE SOURCE or its  representatives
becomes  aware or is acquired  during the  performance  of this  Agreement.  THE
SOURCE  also agrees  that it will take all  necessary  steps to ensure that such
confidential  information  will  not be  disclosed  to or  used  by any  person,
association  or entity except THE SOURCE's own  employees,  and then only to the
extent   necessary  to  permit  THE  SOURCE  to  perform  this  Agreement.   The
confidentiality and nondisclosure  obligations contained herein will survive and
continue after termination of this Agreement for any reason.

<PAGE>
          4. Management Fee. The management fee (the  "Management  Fee") for the
performance of the Services by THE SOURCE hereunder shall be calculated and paid
in accordance  with the  provisions of the Exhibits  attached  hereto and made a
part hereof.  The fee for Services  detailed in the Exhibits shall be the entire
amount due THE SOURCE for the Services. All charges, costs and expenses incurred
in connection with THE SOURCE's  performance of this Agreement shall be borne by
THE SOURCE .

         5. Vendor Payments. THE SOURCE acknowledges that all moneys received by
THE SOURCE from KMART vendors as part of providing the Services are the sole and
exclusive  property of KMART, and THE SOURCE hereby waives any and all claims to
such vendor funds.  All vendor funds received by THE SOURCE will be forwarded to
KMART  without  deduction or offset of any kind by THE SOURCE.  The vendor funds
received by THE SOURCE shall at all times be kept  separate from the other funds
of THE SOURCE.  Further,  no assignee for the benefit of  creditors,  custodian,
receiver,  trustee in bankruptcy  appointed for THE SOURCE,  or any other person
charged with taking custody of THE SOURCE's  assets or business shall obtain any
rights to the vendor funds collected by THE SOURCE on behalf of KMART.

         6. Term of Agreement;  Termination.  This Agreement  shall be effective
immediately  and shall  continue in effect,  until  terminated  at the option of
KMART,  with or without  cause,  by sixty (60) days prior written  notice to THE
SOURCE.  Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, THE SOURCE shall not
be  entitled  to any  further  compensation  beyond  any fee  due  for  Services
performed  through  the date of  termination.  Anything  herein to the  contrary
notwithstanding, the provisions of Section 8 of this Agreement shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

         7. Audit. THE SOURCE shall maintain  complete and accurate records with
respect to all vendor  payments  received on behalf of KMART,  with  records THE
SOURCE, shall allow KMART to inspect, audit, and/or review upon KMART's request.
Such  records  shall  be  maintained  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting principals.

         8. No Liability; Indemnification.

          (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither THE
SOURCE nor any  affiliate  or employee of THE SOURCE shall be liable to KMART or
any creditor of KMART for any mistake, error or misjudgment of THE SOURCE or its
affiliates, or their officers,  directors,  employees or agents, for any losses,
liabilities  or claims  incurred  or  suffered  by KMART,  or its  creditors  in
connection  with the  rendering  of  Services  by THE  SOURCE  or  occurring  in
connection with the operation of the business, or for any services,  products or
equipment provided by any contractor,  agent,  accountant or counsel retained on

                                        2

<PAGE>
behalf of KMART, except for losses resulting from the willful misconduct,  fraud
or  negligence  of THE  SOURCE  in the  performance  of its  duties  under  this
Agreement  or from a breach of this  Agreement  by THE SOURCE.  THE SOURCE shall
indemnify KMART and its officers, directors, partners,  representatives,  agents
and employees ("KMART") against and hold KMART Indemnified Persons harmless from
all liabilities, losses, claims, actions, suits, penalties, damages and expenses
(including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and court costs) based on or arising out
of or in connection  with the  performance  by THE SOURCE or its duties to KMART
hereunder  but only where such  liabilities,  losses,  claims,  actions,  suits,
penalties,  damages and  expenses  are due to the  negligence,  fraud or willful
misconduct  of, or a breach of this  Agreement  by, THE  SOURCE,  its  officers,
directors, employees, agents, and control persons.

          (b) KMART shall  indemnify  THE SOURCE and its  affiliates,  and their
officers,  directors,  partners,  representatives,  employees  and agents  ("THE
SOURCE Indemnified  Persons"),  against and hold THE SOURCE Indemnified  Persons
harmless  from all  liabilities,  losses,  claims,  actions,  suits,  penalties,
damages and  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and court costs)
based on or arising out of or in connection  with the  performance by THE SOURCE
or other THE SOURCE  Indemnified  Person or other parties selected by THE SOURCE
in connection  with the  performance  of this  Agreement or the operation of the
Business, including actions by or claims of any creditor, or former creditor, of
KMART,  except to the extent, and only to the extent, any such loss,  liability,
claim,  action,  suit, penalty,  damage or expense is proven to have incurred or
sustained  as a result of the willful  misconduct,  fraud or  negligence  of THE
SOURCE  or  its   affiliates,   and   their   officers,   directors,   partners,
representatives,  employees and agents or from a breach of this Agreement by THE
SOURCE.

          (c) In the  event  any  error  or  other  mistake  by  THE  SOURCE  in
performing the Services shall require KMART to refund,  return, or re-credit any
funds to a vendor participating in the programs  contemplated by this Agreement,
then THE  SOURCE  shall  return  to KMART any fee that may have been paid to THE
SOURCE for the funds refunded, returned, or re-credited to such vendors.

          9.  Relationship of Parties.  THE SOURCE and its employees shall serve
as independent  contractors  in rendering  Services under this Agreement and are
not and shall not be employees  or servants of KMART.  KMART and THE SOURCE will
pay their own respective taxes, contributions, wages and expenses with regard to
employees on their  respective  payrolls and will  indemnify  and hold the other
party  harmless  from  and  against  any and all  claims  that are made by their
respective  employees against the other party. Any conflicts of interest arising

                                        3

<PAGE>
from THE SOURCE's  ownership  and/or  management  of other  businesses  shall be
resolved  in  good  faith  in  the  judgment  and   discretion  of  THE  SOURCE.
Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this  Agreement,  however,  the parties
understand  and agree that THE SOURCE  shall only be  required to devote such of
its  resources to providing  the  Services  called for by this  Agreement as are
reasonably necessary and appropriate to the discharge thereof.

         10. Notices. All notices under this Agreement shall be given in writing
and shall be effective when personally delivered or sent by Express,  registered
or certified  mail,  postage  paid,  or by next  business day delivery  service,
charges  prepaid,  addressed to the parties at their  respective  addresses  set
forth in the first paragraph of this  Agreement,  or such other addresses as may
be designated from time to time by notice given under this Section.

         11. Modification;  Construction of Agreement. This Agreement may not be
modified,  altered or amended in any manner, except by agreement in writing duly
executed  by the  parties.  This  Agreement  shall be the entire  and  exclusive
agreement  between KMART and THE SOURCE with regard to the subject matter hereof
and  shall  supersede  all  prior  understandings,   agreements,   contracts  or
arrangements between the parties regarding the performance of the Services. This
Agreement  shall be  governed  by and  construed  under the laws of the State of
Michigan,  notwithstanding  the execution or  performance of any portion of this
Agreement by any party in any other jurisdiction.

         12. Return of Books and Records. Upon termination of this Agreement for
any reason all books,  records  and data bases in the  possession  of THE SOURCE
relating to the rendition of the Services,  (whether or not created or developed
by THE SOURCE),  together with all supplies and other items of property owned by
KMART in THE SOURCE's  possession  shall be delivered to KMART, and THE SOURCE's
right to compensation shall cease;  provided,  however, that THE SOURCE shall be
entitled to retain copies of any records necessary to THE SOURCE.

         13.  Assignment.  No party  hereto  shall  have  right to  assign  this
Agreement  without the prior written consent of the other party,  nor shall this
Agreement or any rights or obligations of the parties  hereunder be transferable
by operations  of law or otherwise.  Subject to the  foregoing,  this  Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be binding  upon the parties  hereto and their
respective successors and assigns.

          14. Compliance. THE SOURCE shall be responsible for and does represent
that it shall  comply  with  all  federal,  state  and  local  laws,  rules  and
regulations applicable to this Agreement or the performance of the Services.


                                        4

<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS  HEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.


THE SOURCE COMPANY                          KMART CORPORATION


By: /s/ Dwight L. DeGolia                   By: /s/ James R. Wuest

Title: EXEC VP                              Title: DIV VP


                                        5

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                         "FRONT END MANAGEMENT SERVICES"


         The Source Company,  in conjunction  with Kmart and at their direction,
serves as the control  point  coordinating  all aspects of the Front End display
project including:

          1. Designing an attractive and functional Front End Merchandiser  that
enhances the presentation of the GM/HBC, confection and publication categories.

          2.  Plan-o-gram  magazine  section to maximize  sales,  Retail Display
Allowances  ("RDA"),  Retail Display  Pocket  Payments  ("RDP"),  Retail Display
Pocket Payments ("RDP") and Introductory Promotion Offers ("IPO").

          3. Formulate payment terms and conditions of program for participating
vendors as directed by Kmart representatives.

          4. Assist Kmart in negotiating the per linear inch cost for confection
vendors.

          5. Secure written agreements for payment terms and conditions from all
publishing and confection vendors.

          6. Coordinate store surveys with publishing quarterbacks.

          7. Coordinate/set  installation schedules with publisher quarterbacks,
confection quarterbacks and Kmart personnel.

          8. Administer  invoicing to magazine and confection vendors (frequency
of invoicing  could range from as few as two invoices to monthly  invoicing  for
the entire length of the program).

          9. Record and post all vendor payments.

          10.  Provide a weekly update on  installation  completion and accounts
receivable.

          11. Provide a weekly update on billings, receipts and open accounts.

          12.  Maintain  database  that  tracks by store the type and  number of
fixtures.

          13. Notify magazine and confection vendors of installation schedule so
that product allocations can be adjusted for the new fixtures.

          For these services, The Source Company will charge Kmart 1% of cash or
cash equivalent collected from magazine and confection  vendors participating in

                                       A-1

<PAGE>
the  project.  The 1%  billing  of funds  collected  and  sent to Kmart  will be
itemized on a monthly invoice, with payment due Net 30 days.

                                       A-2

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B
                        "GENERAL MERCHANDISE PEG BILLING"


          The Source  Company  will provide the  following  tracking and billing
functions,  reference general merchandise displayed on peg hooks on the checkout
display fixtures:

          1. Build and maintain a Kmart database including specific  information
of each item placed on physical fixtures.

          2. Maintain a store level database which includes the store  footprint
of all fixtures placed.

          3. Maintain an accurate open/close store database.

          4. Per specific GM item, bill each appropriate  vendor on their agreed
billing cycle, per term and conditions negotiated by Kmart.

          5. Provide each vendor,  per billing cycle,  precise detail support of
store level merchandising detail.

          6. Provide Kmart with weekly vendor  checks,  receipts and  supporting
A/R documentation.

          The Source  Company  will  charge  Kmart 1% of all  dollars  collected
(either through cash payments or vendor  deductions) for these services.  The 1%
billing  of funds  collected  and sent to Kmart  will be  itemized  on a monthly
invoice, with payment due Net 30 days.

                                       B-1

                          AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS  AMENDMENT TO CREDIT  AGREEMENT,  made this 31st day of July,  1997, by and
between THE SOURCE  COMPANY  (the  "Borrower")  and  WACHOVIA  BANK,  N.A.  (the
"Bank");

                                   WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS,  the Borrower and the Bank  entered into a Credit  Agreement  dated the
Fourteenth day of November, 1996; and

WHEREAS,  the  Borrower  and the Bank now  mutually  desire  to  effect  certain
amendments to the Credit Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein
and in the Credit Agreement contained, the parties agree as follows:

I. Section 6.03  contained on Page 29 of the Credit  Agreement is hereby amended
and restated to read as follows:

         Ratio of EBILT to  Interest  Expense  and Lease  Obligations.  From the
         Fiscal Quarter beginning February 1, 1997 through October 31, 1997, the
         ratio of EBILT for the Fiscal  Quarter then ending and the  immediately
         preceding three Fiscal Quarters to the sum of (I) Interest  Expense and
         (ii) Lease Obligations, actually paid during such Fiscal Quarters, will
         not be less than 1.15 to 1.00; and as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter
         thereafter,  the ratio of EBILT for the Fiscal  Quarter then ending and
         the  immediately  preceding  three  Fiscal  Quarters  to the sum of (I)
         Interest Expense and (ii) Lease Obligations,  actually paid during such
         Fiscal Quarters, will not be less than 2.50 to 1.00.

II. Section 6.04 contained on Page 29 of the Credit  Agreement is hereby amended
and restated to read as follows:

         Ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA.  As of October 31,  1997,  the ratio of
         Funded  Debt for the  Fiscal  Quarter  then  ending to EBITDA  for such
         Fiscal Quarter and for the immediately  preceding three Fiscal Quarters
         will not be more than 5.25 to 1.00;  and as of January  31, 1998 and as
         of the end of each Fiscal Quarter thereafter,  the ratio of Funded Debt
         for the Fiscal  Quarter  then ending to EBITDA for such Fiscal  Quarter
         and for the  immediately  preceding  three Fiscal  Quarters will not be
         more than 4.00 to 1.00.

III. Section 6.05 contained on Page 29 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
and restated to read as follows:

         Ratio of Funded Debt to Total  Capitalization.  From the  Closing  Date
         through the Fiscal  Quarter ending October 31, 1997 the ratio of Funded
         Debt to Total  Capitalization  shall not exceed 80.0%; from November 1,
         1997 through January 31, 1998, the ratio of

<PAGE>
The Source Company
Amendment to Credit Agreement
July 31, 1997
Page 2

         Funded  Debt to Total  Capitalization  shall  not  exceed  60.0%;  from
         February 1, 1998  through  July 31,  1998,  the ratio of Funded Debt to
         Total  Capitalization shall not exceed 55.0%; and from and after August
         1, 1998,  the ratio of Funded  Debt to Total  Capitalization  shall not
         exceed 50.0%.

Except as herein amended, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement shall
be and remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to the Credit
Agreement to be executed as of the year and the day first written.

                                            CONSENTED TO AND AGREED:

                                            THE SOURCE COMPANY



                                            By:  /s/ S. Leslie Flegel
                                            Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                            ATTEST:



[CORPORATE SEAL]                            By:  /s/ W. Brian Rodgers
                                            Assistant Secretary


                                            WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.



                                            By:  /s/ John K. Stephens
                                                 Vice President


                                  EXHIBIT 21.1

                           SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY


K-Sub, Inc.

L-Sub, Inc.

Readers Choice, Inc.

Magazine Marketing, Inc.

The Source - Canada Corp.

Mike Kessler and Associates, Inc.


BDO Seidman, LLP
Accountants and Consultants
720 Olive Street, Suite 2300
St. Louis, MO  63101-2387


Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants


The Source Information Management Company
St. Louis, Missouri

We  hereby  consent  to  the   incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Prospectus
constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated March 27,
1997 relating to the financial  statements of The Source Information  Management
Company, which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also  consent  to the  reference  to us under the  caption  "Experts"  in the
Prospectus.



St. Louis, Missouri                              /s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
August 1, 1997



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission